Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Manitex International, Inc.

Manitex International, Inc.

mntx · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mntx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Manitex International, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Commission File No.: 001-32401 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Michigan 
(State of incorporation) 

9725 Industrial Drive 
Bridgeview, Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

42-1628978 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

60455 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (708) 430-7500 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, no par value 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Trading Symbol(s) 
MNTX
N/A

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files).    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large Accelerated Filer 

Non-Accelerated Filer 

Emerging growth company 

 

 

 

Accelerated Filer

Smaller reporting company





If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:0) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes        No    

The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 
2019 was approximately $88.2 million based upon the closing price for the Common Stock of $6.11 on the NASDAQ Stock Market on such date. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2020 was 19,715,435.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein) from the 
registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting (the “2020 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 
ITEM 16 

   BUSINESS ........................................................................................................................................................
   RISK FACTORS ...............................................................................................................................................
   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS............................................................................................................
   PROPERTIES ...................................................................................................................................................
   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .................................................................................................................................
   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES .....................................................................................................................

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES...................................................................................
   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ....................................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS .......................................................................................................................................
   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ..................................
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..................................................................

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .......................................................................................................................
   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................
   OTHER INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ..........................................
   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ....................................................................................................................

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ..................................................................................................
   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..................................................................................

   EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .......................................................................
  FORM 10-K SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................

SIGNATURES ........................................................................................................................................................................

1
2
8
14
14
15
15

16

16
18

19
32
33

85
85
87

88
88
88

88
88
88

89
89
89

93

i 

  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

References to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Manitex International, Inc., together in each case with our subsidiaries 
and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

When reading this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related notes thereto. 
This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  certain  information  incorporated  herein  by  reference  contain  forward-looking  statements 
within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K,  other  than  statements  that  are  purely  historical,  are  forward-looking  statements  and  are  based  upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We 
use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  include,  without  limitation:  (1) projections  of  revenue,  earnings,  capital  structure  and  other  financial  items, 
(2) statements  of  our  plans  and  objectives,  (3) statements  regarding  the  capabilities  and  capacities  of  our  business  operations, 
(4) statements  of  expected future  economic  conditions  and  the  effect on  us  and  on our  customers,  (5) expected  benefits  of our cost 
reduction  measures,  and  (6) assumptions  underlying  statements  regarding  us  or  our  business.  Our  actual  results  may  differ  from 
information  contained  in  these  forward-looking  statements  for  many  reasons,  including  those  described  below  and  in  the  section 
entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors”: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

a future substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe; 

government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; 

our level of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; 

our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; 

the impact that the restatement of our previously issued financial statements could have on our business reputation and relations 
with our customers and suppliers; 

the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; 

an increase in interest rates; 

our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 
internationally; 

difficulties  in  implementing  new  systems,  integrating  acquired  businesses,  managing  anticipated  growth,  and  responding  to 
technological change; 

(10)  our customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability; 

(11)  the performance of our competitors; 

(12)  shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials; 

(13)  potential losses under residual value guarantees; 

(14)  product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; 

(15)  the volatility of our stock price; 

(16)  future sales of our common stock; 

(17)  the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; 

(18)  currency transaction (foreign exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; 

(19)  compliance with changing laws and regulations; 

(20)  certain  provisions  of  the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act  and  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as  amended, 
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  and  the  Company’s  Preferred  Stock  Purchase  Rights  may  discourage  or  prevent  a  change  in 
control of the Company; 

(21)  a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any 

time;  

1 

(22)  a disruption or breach in our information technology systems; 

(23)  our reliance on the management and leadership skills of our senior executives; 

(24)  the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;  

(25)  impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively affect our operating results;  

(26)  potential negative effects related to the SEC investigation into our Company; and 

(27)  other factors. 

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition or operating results. All forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake, and expressly 
disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking information, except as required under applicable law. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Our Business  

The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company reports in a single business segment and has five 
operating segments.  The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions 
and are used in a variety of industries.  

Manitex,  Inc. (“Manitex”)  markets  a  comprehensive  line of boom trucks,  truck cranes  and  sign  cranes.  Manitex’s boom  trucks  and 
crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including roads, bridges 
and commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM  Oil  and  Steel  S.p.A.  (“PM”  or  “PM Group”), formerly  known  as  PM  Group S.p.A.,  is  a  leading Italian  manufacturer  of  truck- 
mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of technology and innovation, and a product range spanning more than 
50 models. PM is also a manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

Manitex  Valla  S.r.L.  (“Valla”)  produces  a  full  range  of  precision  pick  and  carry  industrial  cranes  using  electric,  diesel,  and  hybrid 
power  options.  Its  cranes  offer  wheeled  or  tracked,  and  fixed  or  swing  boom  configurations,  with  special  applications  designed 
specifically to meet the needs of its customers. These products are sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution 
channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc. (“Sabre”), which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with  capacities  from  8,000  to  21,000  gallons.  Its  mobile  tanks  are  sold  to 
specialized independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of 
end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

Crane  and  Machinery,  Inc.  (“C&M”)  is  a  distributor  of  the  Company’s  products  as  well  as  Terex  Corporation’s  (“Terex”)  rough 
terrain  and  truck  cranes.   Crane  and  Machinery Leasing, Inc.  (“C&M  Leasing”) rents equipment  manufactured by the  Company as 
well as a limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.  Although C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck 
cranes, C&M’s primary business is the distribution of products manufactured by the Company.   

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting Service Company, “SVW”), the Company previously had the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact 
SVW’s economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third 
party financing, which was effectively guaranteed by the Company, on specific cranes the Company manufactured and remitted the 
loan  proceeds  to  the  Company.  Other  than  its  business  transactions  described  herein,  SVW  had  no  other  substantial  business 
operations. The Company determined that SVW was a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) that under current accounting guidance needed 
to be consolidated in the Company’s financial results. SVW was consolidated into the Company’s financial results beginning in the 
first quarter of 2016 through the fourth quarter of 2017. By December 31, 2017, SVW had ceased operations and is therefore not a 
consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017.  

2 

 
 
Recent Acquisitions  

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into inventory and equipment purchase agreements with Columbia Tanks, LLC. Financial 
results are included in the consolidated results beginning on March 12, 2015. 

On January 15, 2015, the Company acquired PM which is based in San Cesario sul Panaro, Modena, Italy. PM’s financial results are 
included in the consolidated results beginning on January 15, 2015. 

Discontinued Operations 

Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company owned a 51% interest in ASV Holdings, Inc., which was formerly known as 
A.S.V.,  LLC  (“ASV”  or  “ASV  Holdings”).  ASV  is  located  in  Grand  Rapids,  Minnesota  and  manufactures  a  line  of  high-quality 
compact track and skid steer loaders. The products are used in site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf course maintenance 
and landscaping industries, with general construction being the largest.   

On  May  11,  2017,  in  anticipation  of  an  initial  public  offering,  ASV  Holdings  converted  from  an  LLC  to  a  C-Corporation  and  the 
Company’s  51%  interest  was  converted  to  4,080,000  common  shares  of  ASV.    On  May  17,  2017,  in  connection  within  its  initial 
public offering, ASV Holdings sold 1,800,000 of its own shares and the Company sold 2,000,000 shares of ASV Holdings common 
stock  and  reduced  its  investment  in  ASV  to  a  21.2%  interest.    ASV  was  deconsolidated  and  was  recorded  as  an  equity  investment 
starting  with  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2017.  Periods  ending  before  June  30,  2017  reflect  ASV  as  a  discontinued  operation.  In 
February 2018, the Company sold an additional 1,000,000 shares of ASV that it held which reduced the Company’s stake in ASV to 
approximately 11%.  The Company ceased accounting for its investment in ASV under the equity method and began accounting for its 
investment as a marketable equity security. In September 2019, in connection with the sale of ASV to Yanmar American Corporation 
the  Company  received  cash  merger  consideration  for  its  remaining  1,080,000  shares  of  ASV  and  no  longer  has  an  investment  in 
ASV.   See Notes 11 and 26 for additional discussion related to the accounting treatment of the investment in ASV after the sale of the 
additional shares. 

General Corporate Information  

Our predecessor company was formed in 1993 and was purchased in 2003 by Veri-Tek International, Corp., which changed its name 
to Manitex International, Inc. in 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455 
and  our  telephone  number  is  (708) 430-7500. Our website  address  is www.manitexinternational.com.  Information contained on our 
website is not incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report.  

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR BUSINESS  

Boom Trucks 

A boom truck is a straight telescopic boom crane outfitted with a hook and winch which is mounted on a standard flatbed commercial 
(Class  7  or  8)  truck  chassis.  Relative  to  other  lifting  equipment,  boom  trucks  provide  increased  versatility  and  are  capable  of 
transporting  relatively  large  payloads  from  site  to  site  at  highway  speeds.  A  boom  truck  is  usually  sold  with  outriggers,  pads  and 
devices for reinforcing the chassis in order to improve safety and stability. Although produced in a wide range of models and sizes, 
boom trucks can be broadly distinguished by their normal lifting capability as light, medium, and heavy-cranes. Various models of 
medium or heavy-lift boom trucks can safely lift loads from 15 to 80 tons and operating radii can exceed 200 feet. Another advantage 
of the boom truck is the ability to provide occasional man lift capabilities at a very low cost to height ratio. While it is not uncommon 
to see a very old boom truck, most replacement cycles seem to trend to seven years. The market for boom trucks has historically been 
cyclical.  

Although  the  Company  offers  a  complete  line  of  boom  trucks  from  light  to  heavy  capacity  cranes  much  of  our  efforts  have  been 
devoted to the development of higher capacity boom trucks specifically designed to meet the particular needs of customers including 
those in energy production and electrical power distribution. We believe it is an advantage to be skewed towards the heavier lifting 
capacity, since the heavier capacity cranes have somewhat higher margins.  

Markets that drive demand for boom trucks include power distribution, oil and gas recovery, infrastructure and new home, commercial 
and industrial construction.  Historically, the new home construction market, which uses lower capacity cranes, has probably been the 
most cyclical. Over the past few years, demand from the energy sector has become more cyclical in part due to changes in oil prices.  

The Company sells its boom trucks through a network of over forty full-service dealers in the United States, Canada, Mexico, South 
America, and the Middle East. A number of our dealers maintain a rental fleet of their own. Boom trucks can be rented for either short 
or long-term periods.  

3 

In 2019, the annualized order rate for straight-mast cranes was approximately 1,200 units, consistent with 2018 levels. The data that 
the  Company  has  seen  indicates  that  dealer  rental  utilization  and  United  States  commercial  construction  indices  remain  at  healthy 
levels. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company launched the Manitex branded line of articulating cranes (“MAC”) at a trade 
show in Louisville, Kentucky targeting roofing, concrete, general construction and supply industries. Based on current sales trends, the 
Company expects MAC sales to grow significantly in 2020. We also have expanded our North American distribution network with the 
addition  of  one  new  MAC  dealer  and  three  straight-mast  dealers.  While  there  is  still  work  to  do,  both  Gross  Margin  and  EBITDA 
margin have bounced off our lows in the third quarter, and are trending higher as we head into 2020. 

Knuckle Boom Cranes 

PM  is  a  leading  Italian  manufacturer  of  truck  mounted  hydraulic  knuckle  boom  cranes  with  a  50-year  history  of  technology  and 
innovation, and a product range spanning more than 50 models. Through its consolidated subsidiaries, PM has locations in Modena, 
Italy; Arad, Romania; Chassieu, France; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Santiago, Chile; London, UK and Mexico City, Mexico. 

PM knuckle boom cranes are hydraulic folding and articulating cranes, mounted on a commercial chassis, with lifting capacities that 
range  from  small  (lifting  capacity  up  to  three-ton  meter)  to  super  heavy  (lifting  capacity  two-hundred-and-ten-ton  meter),  often 
supplied with a jib for additional reach. With a compact design and footprint, the crane can be mounted to maximize the load carrying 
capability of the chassis onto which it is mounted. Combined with the crane’s ability to operate in a compact footprint the ability to 
carry  a payload provides  a  competitive  advantage  over other  truck  mounted  cranes  and  makes  the knuckle boom  crane particularly 
attractive for a variety of end uses in the construction and product delivery sectors. 

The  knuckle  boom  crane  market  is  a  global  market  with  a  wide  variety  of  end  sector  applications,  but  focused  particularly  on 
residential and non-residential construction, road and bridge and infrastructure development. Historically the knuckle boom crane has 
not had significant application in the energy sector. PM knuckle boom cranes are sold into a variety of geographies including West 
and  East  Europe,  Central  Asia,  Africa,  North  and  Central  America,  South  America,  the  Middle  East  and  the  Far  East  and  Pacific 
region. Historically, PM focused on its domestic and local Western European markets, but in recent years has expanded its sales and 
distribution efforts internationally. PM has twelve international sales and distribution offices located in several European countries as 
well  as  the  Far  East  and  Latin  America.    After  acquisition  by  Manitex,  the  Company  expanded  its  distribution  capability  with  the 
existing Manitex dealer network in North America as well as expanding the number of independent service centers in the US. 

The market for knuckle boom cranes has been growing in recent years as the acceptability of the product has grown and its advantages 
have been accepted. Growth in North America, where the straight-mast boom truck crane has been the more dominant product, has 
been more rapid in recent years in combination with the overall improvement in the North American construction sector. PM’s share 
of the North American market has been historically low; however, this is an area of growth opportunity for the Company following its 
acquisition by Manitex. 

PM aerial platforms are self-propelled or truck mounted and places an operator in a basket in the air in order to perform maintenance, 
repairs or similar activities. The equipment is used in a variety of applications including utilities, sign work and industrial maintenance 
and is often sold to rental operations. 

PM group product serves in a number of geographies in West and East Europe but also the near and Far East and sells through dealers 
as well as its own sales and distribution offices. The market generally follows the domestic economic cycle for any particular country. 
Consequently, the market has shown a positive trend in the recent past. 

In September of 2019, the Company appointed a new Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) with significant international crane experience 
with the goal of stimulating the PM business to much higher performance in this substantial market. The Company will be targeting 
cost reductions, improved dealer management and incentivization, revamping product designs, improving parts execution and fill rates 
and stressing a commitment to quality and safety. We believe there is potential for continued gains in 2020 through higher production 
efficiencies  and  the  re-configuration  of  our  articulating  crane  business,  which  generates  the  highest  margins  within  our  product 
portfolio.    During  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  PM  was  awarded  a  new  $4.5  million  revenue  contract  with  a  customer’s  option,  to 
purchase an additional $4 million in additional deliveries to supply knuckle boom cranes to an international military company.  We 
have also started shipping articulated cranes under the brand name PM-Tadano to customers in Asia; this was a key branding initiative 
we launched during the second half of 2019. Our partnership with Tadano is gaining traction in Asia, and now starting in the Middle 
East, through our PM-Tadano branding efforts and distribution expansion. We are proud to have Tadano as a partner and investor, and 
have greatly improved our focus over the past few months to drive gains in 2020 and beyond for our articulating crane business. PM 
now represents a substantial portion of our backlog. 

4 

Industrial Cranes 

Badger sells specialized industrial cranes through a network of dealers. The Badger product line includes specialized 15- and 30-ton 
industrial cranes (which can be used by the railroads) as well as a 10 ton carry deck crane which are all sold under both the Badger and 
Manitex names.  Additionally, Badger sells lattice cranes with 20 to 30 ton lifting capacity marketed under the Little Giant trade name.  
The Little Giant line has five lattice boom  models, three of which are dedicated rail cranes. In addition, Badger also sells a 30-ton 
truck crane and a 25-ton crawler crane under the Little Giant name.  Badger also has the capability to manufacture certain of our lower 
capacity boom trucks and provides expanded boom truck manufacturing capacity when needed. 

The products are used by railroads, refineries, states, municipalities, and for general construction.  The Company believes it has an 
advantage over its competitors in selling to railroads as it is the only crane manufacturer that has integrated the installation of rail gear 
into its production process. Competitors send their cranes to a third party to have rail gear added which both increases cost and delays 
deliveries.  

Valla product line of industrial cranes is a full range of precision pick and carry cranes from 2 to 90 tons, using electric, diesel, and 
hybrid power options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed 
specifically  to  meet  the  needs  of  its  customers.  The  product  is  sold  internationally  through  dealers  and  into  the  rental  distribution 
channel.  

Mobile Tanks 

Sabre  manufactures  a  comprehensive  line  of  specialized  mobile  tanks  for  liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with 
capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized independent tank rental companies and through other 
direct customers. 

The tanks have historically been used in a variety of end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling. 
However, when we purchased Sabre in 2013, its business heavily skewed towards the energy sector.  Since early 2014, we have been 
working  to  diversify  the  products,  customers,  and  applications.    This  includes  expanding  environmental  applications  and  using our 
tanks to store deicer fluid at airports.  

Equipment Distribution  

C&M is a distributor of the Company’s products as well as Terex’s rough terrain and truck cranes. 

C&M  Leasing  rents  equipment  manufactured  by  the  Company  as  well  as  a  limited  amount  of  equipment  manufactured  by  third 
parties.    Although  C&M  is  a  distributor  of  Terex  rough  terrain  and  truck  cranes;  C&M’s  primary  business  is  the  distribution  of 
products manufactured by the Company.   

Part Sales 

As part of our operations, we supply repair and replacement parts for our products. The parts business margins are higher than our 
overall  margins.  Part  sales  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  tend  to  increase  when  there  is  a  down-turn  in  the  industry.  Part  sales  as  a 
percentage of revenues are approximately 13%, 12% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

Total Company Revenues by Sources 

The sources of the Company’s revenues are summarized below: 

Boom trucks, knuckle boom & truck cranes
Rough terrain cranes 
Mobile tanks 
Installation services 
Other equipment 
Part sales 

Total Revenue 

2019 

2018 

2017 

69%
4%
4%
3%
7%
13%
100%

73 %     
3 %     
5 %     
2 %     
5 %     
12 %     
100 %     

76%
3%
2%
2%
5%
12%
100%

In 2019 and 2018, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue. In 2017, one customer, Rush Truck Center, 
accounted for approximately 12.0% of the Company’s revenue.  

5 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Raw Materials 

The Company purchases a variety of components used in the production of its products.  The Company purchases steel and a variety 
of  machined  parts,  components  and  subassemblies  including  weldments,  winches,  cylinders,  frames,  rims,  axles,  wheels,  tires, 
suspensions, cables, booms and cabs, as well as engines, transmissions and cabs.  Additionally, Manitex and PM mount their cranes on 
commercial truck chassis, which are either purchased by the Company or supplied by the customer. Lead times for these materials 
(including chassis) vary from several weeks to many months. The Company is vulnerable to a supply interruption in instances when 
only one supplier  has been qualified  and  identifying  and qualifying  alternative suppliers  can  be  very  time  consuming,  and  in  some 
cases, could take longer than a year.  The Company has been working on qualifying secondary sources of some products to assure 
supply consistency and to reduce costs. The degree to which our supply base can respond to changes in market demand directly affects 
our ability to increase production and the Company attempts to maintain some additional inventory in order to react to unexpected 
increases in demand. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, raw materials and components were generally available to meet our production 
schedules and had no significant impact on full year revenues. During the first part of 2018 delivery of chassis for our larger cranes 
had  a  modest  impact  on  production,  however  this  was  alleviated  during  the  year  as  manufacturers  increased  their  production  and 
demand also slowed compared to the first half of the year. 

Any future supply chain issues that might impact the Company will in part depend on how fast the rate of growth is for a product as 
well as the rate of growth in the general economy. Strong general economic growth could put us in competition for parts with other 
industries. Additionally, events or circumstance at a particular supplier could impact the availability of a necessary component. 

Patents and Trademarks 

The  Company  protects  its  trade  names  and  trademarks  through  registration.  Its  technology  consists  of  bill  of  materials,  drawings, 
plans, vendor sources and specifications and although the Company’s technology has considerable value, it does not generally have 
patent protection. The Company has (on rare occasions) filed for patent protection on a specific feature. In the future, the Company 
will consider seeking patent protection on any new design features believed to present a significant future benefit. 

The  Company  owns  and  uses  several  trademarks  relating  to  its  brands  that  have  significant  value  and  are  instrumental  to  the 
Company’s  ability  to  market  its  products.  The  Company’s  most  significant  trademark  is  “Manitex”  (presently  registered  with  the 
United States Patent and Trademark Office until 2027).  Badger Equipment Company markets its products under the “Little Giant” 
and  Badger  trade  names.  Sabre  markets  its  products  under  the  “Sabre”  tradename.  Valla  markets  its  products  under  the  “Valla” 
tradename. PM sells its products using the trademark “PM” and PM subsidiary, PM Oil & Steel S.p.A.; formerly known as PM Group 
S.p.A, sells its products using the “OIL & STEEL” trademark.  The Manitex, Badger, Little Giant, PM and OIL & STEEL trademarks 
and trade names are important to the marketing and operation of the Company’s business as a significant number of our products are 
sold under those names.  PM has three patents. One is registered with the Italian Patents and Trademarks Office until 2028.  PM has 
two additional patents registered with OHIM that are in force until 2031 and 2034, respectively. 

Seasonality 

Traditionally, the Company’s peak selling periods for cranes are the second and third quarters of a calendar year as a result of the need 
for equipment in the spring, summer and fall construction seasons.  A significant portion of cranes sold over the last several years have 
been deployed in specialized industries or applications, such as oil and gas production, power distribution and in the railroad industry. 
Sales in these markets are subject to significant fluctuations which correlate more with general economic conditions and the prices of 
commodities, including oil, and generally are not of a seasonal nature.  

Sales of cranes from the Equipment Distribution division mirror the seasonality of the overall Company. However, the sale of parts is 
much  less  seasonal  given  the  geographic  breadth  of  the  customer  base. Crane  repairs are performed  by  the  Equipment Distribution 
division throughout the year but are somewhat affected by the slowdown in construction activity during the typically harsh winters in 
the Midwestern United States. 

Competition 

Lifting Equipment 

The  market  for  the  Company’s  boom  trucks  and  knuckle  boom  cranes,  industrial  cranes  and  trailers  is  highly  competitive.  The 
Company  competes  based  on  product  design,  quality  of  products  and  services,  product  performance,  maintenance  costs  and  price. 
Several competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than we do. The Company believes 
that it effectively competes with its competitors. 

The  Company’s  boom  cranes  compete  with  cranes  manufactured  by  National  Crane,  Terex,  Weldco  Beales,  Elliott  and  Altec.  The 
Company’s knuckle boom cranes compete with Palfinger, Fassi, Effer and HIAB. The Company competes primarily with Terex and 
Broderson in selling rough terrain and industrial cranes.  The Company’s mobile tanks compete with tanks sold by Dragon Tank and 
Pinnacle Mfg., LLC. 

6 

Equipment Distribution 

The Equipment Distribution division’s primary business is facilitation of sale of products manufactured by the Company. As such, it 
faces the same competition described above for products manufactured by the Company.  Additionally, the Equipment Distribution 
division  has  a  dealership  arrangement  with  Terex  and  must  compete  against  dealers  of  other  rough  terrain  and  truck  crane 
manufacturers.   Locally,  the  Equipment  Distribution  division  competes  against  Runnion  Equipment  (dealer  for  National  Crane), 
Power  Equipment  Leasing  (dealer  for  Elliott)  and  Guiffre  Cranes  (dealer  for  Manitex  and  Terex  boom  trucks).  Runnion  is  also 
authorized to sell Manitex boom trucks.  

While no geographic limitations exist regarding the Equipment Distribution business’s ability to sell cranes internationally, the lack of 
any barriers to entry and the heavy use of the Internet make this a highly active and competitive market in which to distribute cranes. 

Competition for our Equipment Distribution repair business is even more intense since it is limited geographically due to the necessity 
of having physical access to the cranes. Most of the above referenced companies also compete in this aspect of the business, as do 
other types of crane and equipment dealers from nearby areas such as Indiana or Wisconsin. 

Equipment  Distribution  parts  sales  are  global  in  scope  and  benefit  greatly  from  the  Internet  and  the  tenure  and  expertise  of  our 
employees. While competition in this area is extensive, we believe that the breadth of the products offered and our long history in this 
part of the business is a competitive advantage. 

Our Equipment Distribution business competes based on the design, quality and performance of the products it distributes, price and 
the  supporting  repair  and  part  services  that  it  provides.  Several  competitors  have  greater  financial,  marketing  and  distribution 
resources than we do. The Company, however, believes that it effectively competes with its competitors. 

Backlog 

The  backlog  at  December 31,  2019  was  approximately  $66.2  million,  compared  to  a  backlog  of  approximately  $66.7  million  at 
December 31, 2018.  The December 31, 2019 backlog has increased by $8.6 million since September 30, 2019 when it was at $57.6 
million.  The backlog has continued to grow during the early part of 2020 and was $71.0 million at February 21, 2020.   The Company 
expects to ship product to fulfill its existing backlog within the next twelve months. 

Revenue Recognition and Long-Lived Assets 

The information regarding revenue, the basis for attributing revenue from external customers to individual countries, and long-lived 
assets is found in Note 4 “Revenue Recognition” and Note 20 “Long-Lived Assets” to our consolidated financial statements, is hereby 
incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1. 

Employees 

As of  December 31, 2019,  the  Company  had 598 full  time  employees.  The  Company  has  not  experienced  any work  stoppages  and 
anticipates continued good employee relations. Twenty-three (23) of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. 
Nineteen (19) of our employees at our Badger subsidiary are represented by International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace, and 
Agricultural Implement Workers of America, (“UAW”) and its local No. 316. The current union contract expires on January 21, 2023. 
Four employees are currently represented by Automobile Mechanics’ Local 701. The union contract expires on September 30, 2020. 
The  employees  represented  by  the  Automobile  Mechanics’  Local  701  are  mechanics  that  work  in  our  Equipment  Distribution 
business. A number of our Equipment Distribution customers in the Chicago metropolitan area mandate union mechanics usage for 
any service / repair jobs.  

Governmental Regulation 

The Company is subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental regulations, employment and health regulations, 
and safety regulations. We have various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. The 
cost of compliance programs is not material but is subject to additions to or changes in federal, state or local legislation or changes in 
regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations. 

Available Information 

The  Company  makes  available  free  of  charge  our  annual  report on  Form  10-K, quarterly  reports on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports on 
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished as required by Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  through  our  Internet  Website  (www.manitexinternational.com)  as  soon  as  is  reasonably 
practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The 
SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding 
issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Information contained in or incorporated into our Internet Website or the SEC’s website 
is not incorporated by reference herein. 

7 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks,  together  with  the  cautionary  statement  under  the  caption  “Forward-Looking 
Statements” and the other information included in this report. The risks described below represent all of the material risks currently 
known to us; however, they are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks that are currently unknown to the Company or 
that  the  Company  currently  considers  to  be  immaterial  may  also  impair  its  business  or  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial 
condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s business, financial condition or results 
of operation could be adversely affected. 

Significant deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, has had and may again have negative 
effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows  

Significant deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  especially  in  the United  States  and  Europe, has had  and  may  again have  negative 
effects  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  For  example,  the  current  outbreak  of  coronavirus,  which  began  in 
China  and  has  subsequently  spread  to  other  countries,  could  potentially  have  a  significant  negative  impact  on  the  global  economy. 
Economic  conditions  affect  the  Company’s  sales  volumes,  pricing  levels  and  overall  profitability.  Demand  for  many  of  the 
Company’s products depends on end-use markets. Challenging economic conditions may reduce demand for our products and may 
also  impair  the  ability  of  customers  to  pay  for  products  they  have  purchased.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s  reserves  for  doubtful 
accounts and write-offs for accounts receivable may increase.  

A significant deterioration in economic conditions has caused and may again cause deterioration in the credit quality of our customers 
and  the  estimated  residual  value  of  our  equipment.  This  could  further  negatively  impact  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  the 
resources they need to make purchases of our equipment. Reduced credit availability will diminish our customers’ ability to invest in 
their  businesses,  refinance  maturing  debt  obligations,  and  meet  ongoing  working  capital  needs.  If  customers  do  not  have  sufficient 
access to credit, demand for the Company’s products will likely decline. Reduced access to credit and the capital markets will also 
negatively affect the Company’s ability to invest in strategic growth initiatives such as acquisitions.  

Certain of the Company’s products are significantly affected by the level of capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry and 
lower capital expenditures have affected and may continue to affect the results of the Company’s operations.  

The  demand  for  our  product  in  part  depends  on  the  condition  of  the  oil  and  gas  industry  and,  in  particular,  on  the  level  of  capital 
expenditures of companies engaged in the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas. Capital expenditures by 
these companies are influenced by the following factors:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the oil and gas industry’s ability to economically justify placing discoveries of oil and gas reserves in production;  

current and projected oil and gas prices;  

the oil and gas industry’s need to clear all structures from the lease once the oil and gas reserves have been depleted;  

weather events, such as major tropical storms;  

the abilities of oil and gas companies to generate, access and deploy capital;  

exploration, production and transportation costs;  

the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;  

the sale and expiration dates of oil and gas leases and concessions;  

local and international political and economic conditions;  

the ability or willingness of host country government entities to fund their budgetary commitments; and  

technological advances.  

Historically,  prices  of  oil  and  natural  gas  and  exploration,  development  and  production  have  fluctuated  substantially.  A  sustained 
period of substantially reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies will result in decreased demand for certain equipment 
produced by the Company, lower margins, and possibly net losses.  Additionally, oil and gas companies may sell excess equipment 
into the general construction market which could further depress demand for certain of products. 

The Company’s level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.  

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s total debt was $65 million, which includes: notes payable, convertible debt and capital lease 
obligations.  

8 

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:  

 

 

 

 

 

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest 
on our indebtedness;  

our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures  or  acquisitions  may  be 
limited;  

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;  

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and  

we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.  

The Company must comply with restrictive covenants in its outstanding debt agreements.  

The Company’s existing debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants which may limit its ability to, among other things, 
borrow additional money, make capital expenditures, pay dividends, dispose of assets and acquire new businesses. These covenants 
also  require  the  Company  to  meet  certain  financial  and  non-financial  tests.  In 2018,  the  Company  received  waivers  related  to non-
compliance  with  certain  covenants  and  defaults  under  its  U.S.  credit  facilities  and  its  convertible  notes.   The  Company  also 
restructured certain debt arrangements which restructuring cured the defaults caused by the failed covenant.  An additional default or 
other  event  of  non-compliance,  if  not  waived  or  otherwise  permitted  by  the  Company’s  lenders,  could  result  in  acceleration  of the 
Company’s debt and possibly bankruptcy.  

The Company may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.  

Our  future  capital  requirements  will  depend  on  the  amount  of  cash  generated  or  required  by  our  current  operations,  as  well  as 
additional funds which may be needed to finance future acquisitions. Future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.  

Adequate funds may not be available when needed, and if we do not receive sufficient capital, we may be required to alter or reduce 
the scope of our operations or to forego making future acquisitions. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, existing 
stockholders may be diluted.  

The Company’s business is affected by the cyclical nature of its markets.  

A substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to a limited number of customers (none which are greater than 10%) which may 
decrease or cease purchasing any time, since the Company’s products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in 
which  the  Company  competes.  The  Company’s  sales  depend  in  part  upon  its  customers’  replacement  or  repair  cycles.  Adverse 
economic conditions, including a decrease in commodity prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of 
repairing existing machinery. Downward economic cycles may result in reductions in sales of the Company’s products, which may 
reduce  the  Company’s  profits.  The  Company  has  taken  a  number  of  steps  to  reduce  its  fixed  costs  and  diversify  its  operations  to 
decrease the negative impact of these cycles. However, these steps may not prevent the negative impact of poor economic conditions. 

The Company’s business is sensitive to increases in interest rates.  

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate, LIBOR and Italian short-term borrowing rates.  

If interest rates rise, it becomes costlier for the Company’s customers to borrow money to pay for the equipment they buy from the 
Company. Should the U.S. Federal Reserve Board decide to increase rates, prospects for business investment and manufacturing could 
deteriorate sufficiently and impact sales opportunities.  

The Company’s business is sensitive to changes in government spending.  

Many of the Company’s customers depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance 
and other infrastructure projects by U.S. federal and state governments and governments in other nations. Any decrease or delay in 
government funding of highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects could cause the Company’s revenues 
and profits to decrease.  

9 

The Company’s revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time.  

The Company’s revenues are attributed to a limited number of customers. We generally do not have long-term supply agreements with 
our  customers.  Even  if  a  multi-year  contract  exists,  the  customer  is  not  required  to  commit  to  minimum  purchases  and  can  cease 
purchasing at any time. If we were to lose either a significant customer or several smaller customers our operating results and cash 
flows would be adversely impacted.  

The Company is dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.  

The Company obtains materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. Any delay in the ability of the Company’s 
suppliers to provide the Company with necessary materials and components may affect the Company’s capabilities at a number of our 
manufacturing locations, or may require the Company to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from 
a number of factors affecting the Company’s suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition 
of  a  particular  supplier,  suppliers’  allocations  to  other  purchasers,  weather  emergencies  or  acts  of  war  or  terrorism.  Any  delay  in 
receiving  supplies  could  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  deliver  products  to  customers  and,  accordingly,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on business, results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, the Company purchases material and services from suppliers on extended terms based on the Company’s overall credit 
rating.  Negative  changes  in  the  Company’s  credit  rating  may  impact  suppliers’  willingness  to  extend  terms  and  increase  the  cash 
requirements of the business.  

Price increases in materials could reduce our profitability.  

We use large amounts of steel and other items in the manufacture of our products. In the past, market prices of some of our key raw 
materials increased significantly. If we experience future significant increases in material costs, including steel, we may not be able to 
reduce product cost in other areas or pass future raw material price increases on to our customers and our margins could be adversely 
affected.  

We provide credit guarantees or residual value guarantees for some of our customers. 

The Company’s customers, from time to time, may fund acquisitions of our products through third-party finance companies. In certain 
instances, the Company has in the past provided credit guarantees or residual value guarantees. With these guarantees, we must assess 
the  probability  of  losses  or  non-performance  in  ways  similar  to  the  evaluation  of  accounts  receivable.  We  establish  reserves  based 
upon  our  analysis  of  the  current  quality  and  financial  position  of  our  customers,  past  payment  experience  and  collateral  values.  In 
circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific 
reserve is recorded to recognize a liability for a guarantee we expect to pay, taking into account any amounts that we would anticipate 
realizing  if  we  are  forced  to  repossess  the  equipment  that  supports  the  customer’s  financial  obligations  to  us.  During  periods  of 
economic  weakness,  collateral  underlying  our  guarantees  of  indebtedness  of  customers  or  receivables  can  decline  sharply,  thereby 
increasing our exposure to losses. In the future, we may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves if the financial condition of our 
customers  were  to  deteriorate  further  or  the  full  amount  of  any  anticipated  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  collateral  supporting  our 
customers’ financial obligations is not realized. Historically, no losses related to guarantees have been realized; however, there can be 
no assurance that our historical experience with respect to guarantees will be indicative of future results. 

The  Company  depends  on  its  information  technology  systems.  If  its  information  technology  systems  do  not  perform  in  a 
satisfactory manner or if the security of them is breached, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results 
of operations of the Company. 

The Company depends on its information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and 
store  electronic  information  (including  sensitive  data  such  as  confidential  business  information  and  personally  identifiable  data 
relating to employees, customers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and 
activities. If our information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect 
the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report accurate and timely financial 
results.   

Furthermore,  our  information  technology  systems  may  be  damaged,  disrupted  or  shut  down  due  to  attacks  by  computer  hackers, 
computer  viruses,  employee  error  or  malfeasance,  power  outages,  hardware  failures,  telecommunication  or  utility  failures, 
catastrophes or other unforeseen events, and in any such circumstances our system redundancy and other disaster recovery planning 
may  be  ineffective  or  inadequate.  A  failure  of  or  breach  in  information  technology  security  could  expose  us  and  our  customers, 
distributors and suppliers to risks of misuse of information or systems, the compromise of confidential information, manipulation and 
destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and operations disruptions. In addition, such breaches in security could 
result in litigation, regulatory action and potential liability, as well as the costs and operational consequences of implementing further 
data protection measures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. 

10 

As noted in item 9A below, the Company did not maintain an effective control environment over the information technology general 
controls  based  upon  the  criteria  established  in  the  COSO  framework,  to  enable  identification  and  mitigation  of  risks  of  material 
accounting errors. The Company has developed and is implementing a remediation plan to address this issue. See Item 9A “Controls 
and Procedures” for further information.  

The Company may face limitations on its ability to integrate acquired businesses.  

The successful integration of new businesses depends on the Company’s ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. 
While the Company believes it has successfully integrated these acquisitions to date, the Company cannot ensure that these acquired 
companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized.  

If the Company is unable to manage anticipated growth effectively, the business could be harmed.  

If  the  Company  fails  to  manage  growth,  the  Company’s  financial  results  and  business  prospects  may  be  harmed.  To  manage  the 
Company’s  growth  and  to  execute  its  business  plan  efficiently,  the  Company  will  need  to  institute  operational,  financial  and 
management controls, as well as reporting systems and procedures. The Company also must effectively expand, train and manage its 
employee base. The Company cannot assure you that it will be successful in any of these endeavors.  

The Company relies on key management.  

The Company relies on the management and leadership skills of Steve Filipov, its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Filipov entered into an 
employment  agreement  commencing  on  September  1,  2019.  Under  the  employment  agreement,  Mr.  Filipov’s  employment  terms 
automatically extends for successive periods of three years unless either the Company or Mr. Filipov gives written notice to the other 
party of non-renewal  at  least  90 days  prior  to  the  end of the  then  current  employment  term.    The  loss of  his  services  could have  a 
significant and negative impact on the Company’s business. In addition, the Company relies on the management and leadership skills 
of other senior executives. The Company could be harmed by the loss of key personnel in the future.  

The  Company’s  success  depends  upon  the  continued  protection  of  its  trademarks  and  the  Company  may  be  forced  to  incur 
substantial costs to maintain, defend, protect and enforce its intellectual property rights.  

The  Company’s  registered  and  common  law  trademarks, as  well  as  certain of  the  Company’s  licensed  trademarks,  have  significant 
value  and  are  instrumental  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  market  its  products.  The  Company’s  marks  “Manitex”,  “Badger”,  “Sabre”, 
“Valla”, “PM” and “O&S” are important to the Company’s business as the majority of the Company’s products are sold under those 
names. The Company has not registered all of its trademarks in the United States nor in the foreign countries where it does business. 
Third parties could assert claims against such intellectual property that the Company could be unable to successfully resolve. If the 
Company  has  to  change  the  names  of  any  of  its  products,  it  may  experience  a  loss  of  goodwill  associated  with  its  brand  names, 
customer confusion and a loss of sales.  

In addition, international protection of the Company’s intellectual property may not be available in some foreign countries to the same 
extent permitted by the laws of the United States. The Company could also incur substantial costs to defend legal actions relating to 
use  of  its  intellectual  property,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations  or 
financial condition.  

The Company may be required to record goodwill or other intangible impairment charges on all or a significant amount of the 
goodwill or intangibles on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  approximately  $32.6  million  of  goodwill  and  $17.0  million  of  net  intangibles.  The 
Company  tests  goodwill  for  impairment  at  least  annually.  If  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess, as occurred in both 2019 and 2018. An impairment of a significant portion 
of goodwill could materially negatively affect the Company’s results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was 
goodwill impairment of $3.2 million and intangibles impairment of $4.9 million.  

The  Company  may  be  unable  to  effectively  respond  to  technological  change,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s results of operations and business.  

The markets served by the Company are not historically characterized by rapidly changing technology. Nevertheless, the Company’s 
future  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  the  Company’s  ability  to  enhance  its  current  products  and  to  develop  and  introduce  new 
products.  If  the  Company  fails  to  anticipate  or  respond  adequately  to  competitors’  product  improvements  and  new  production 
introductions, future results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.  

11 

 
The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and the Company is particularly subject to the risks of such competition.  

The  Company  competes  in  a  highly  competitive  industry  and  the  competition  which  the  Company  encounters  has  an  effect  on  its 
product prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, 
research  and  development  resources  and  substantially  greater  name  recognition  than  the  Company,  the  Company  is  particularly 
subject  to  the  risks  inherent  in  competing  with  them  and  may  be  put  at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  To  compete  successfully,  the 
Company’s products must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and the Company must also 
provide  excellent  customer  service.  The  greater  financial  resources  of  the  Company’s  competitors  may  put  it  at  a  competitive 
disadvantage. If competition in the Company’s industry intensifies or if the Company’s current competitors enhance their products or 
lower their prices for competing products, the Company may lose sales or be required to lower its prices. This may reduce revenue 
from the Company’s products and services, lower its gross margins or cause the Company to lose market share. The Company may 
not be able to differentiate our products from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly products, offer better 
performance than competitors or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered 
by competitors.  

The Company faces product liability claims and other liabilities due to the nature of its business.  

In the Company’s lines of business numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or 
operation of the Company’s products. The Company is self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well 
as  for  certain  exposures  related  to  general,  workers’  compensation  and  automobile  liability.  Insurance  coverage  is  obtained  for 
catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. Any material liabilities not covered by insurance 
could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.  

Our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 
internationally. 

The international expansion of our business may expose us to risks inherent in conducting foreign operations. These risks include: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

challenges  associated  with  managing  geographically  diverse  operations,  which  require  an  effective  organizational 
structure and appropriate business processes, procedures and controls; 

the increased cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and 
regulations that apply to our international operations; 

currency exchange and interest rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk 
of entering into hedging transactions, if we continue to do so in the future; 

potentially adverse tax consequences; 

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property; 

compliance with additional regulations and government authorities in a highly regulated business; and 

general economic and political conditions internationally;   

public health concerns, including the recent outbreak of the coronavirus impacting China and elsewhere.  

Additionally, changes to the United States’ participation in, withdrawal from, renegotiation of certain international trade agreements 
or  other  major  trade  related  issues  including  the  non-renewal  of  expiring  favorable  tariffs  granted  to  developing  countries,  tariff 
quotas,  and  retaliatory  tariffs  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  current  United  States  administration’s  tariffs  on  China  and  China's 
retaliatory tariffs on certain products from the United States), trade sanctions, new or onerous trade restrictions, embargoes and other 
stringent government controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The  risks  that  the  Company  faces  in  its  international  operations  may  continue  to  intensify  if  the  Company  further  develops  and 
expands its international operations. 

12 

The Company is subject to currency fluctuations.  

Changes in exchange rates between various currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings. We regularly 
evaluate opportunities for, and at times engage in, hedging activities to mitigate the impact that changes in exchange rates for various 
currencies may have on our financial results. Our hedging activities are designed to reduce and delay, but not to eliminate, the effects 
of  foreign  currency  fluctuations.  Factors  that  could  affect  the  effectiveness  of  our  hedging  activities  include  volatility  of  currency 
markets, and the availability of effective hedging instruments. Since the hedging activities are designed to reduce volatility, they may 
have  the  effect  of  reducing  both  the  negative  and  positive  impacts  that  changes  in  exchange  rates  may  have.    Our  future  financial 
results could be significantly affected by the value of the U.S. dollar versus the native currencies of our subsidiaries (primarily the 
Euro)  as well  as  the native  currencies of  foreign  subsidiaries and  other  currencies  in which  they  conduct  business.     The degree  to 
which our financial results are affected for any given time period will depend in part upon our hedging activities. There can be no 
assurance  that  our  hedging  activities  will  have  the  desired  beneficial  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations. 
Moreover,  no  hedging  activity  can  completely  insulate  us  from  the  risks  associated  with  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates.  We 
currently  have  exposure  to  changes  in  exchange  rates  for  a  number  of  currencies  including  the  Euro,  the  Chilean  peso  and  the 
Argentinean peso. 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors hold a significant percentage of the Company’s common 
stock, and these shareholders may take actions that may be adverse to your interests.  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 28% of the 
Company’s  common  stock  as  of  February  14,  2020.  As  a  result,  these  shareholders,  acting  together,  will  be  able  to  significantly 
influence  all  matters  requiring  shareholder  approval,  including  the  election  and  removal  of  directors  and  approval  of  significant 
corporate transactions such as mergers, consolidations, sales and purchases of assets. They also could dictate the management of the 
Company’s business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change 
in control or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our 
common stock to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such a transaction.  

The cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may negatively impact the Company’s income.  

The  Company  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC,  including  those  rules  and  regulations  mandated  by  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  of  2002.  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires  all  reporting  companies  to  include  in  their  annual  report  a 
statement  of  management’s  responsibilities  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
together with an assessment of the effectiveness of those internal controls. Section 404 further requires that the reporting company’s 
independent auditors attest to, and report on, this management assessment. The Company expects its expenses related to its internal 
and external auditors to be significant. In particular, we have incurred and continue to incur substantial expenses and costs, including 
audit,  legal  and  other  professional  fees,  in  connection  with  our  ongoing  efforts  to  remediate  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  2017  and  2018.  If  we  fail  to  successfully  remediate  these  material  weaknesses  and 
establish and maintain a system of adequate controls, it could have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.  

The price of our common stock is highly volatile.  

The trading price of the Company’s common stock is highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to 
various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the degree to which the Company successfully implements its business strategy;  

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating results;  

changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of the Company’s revenues or operating 
results;  

failure to meet expectations of industry analysts;  

speculation in the press or investment community;  

strategic actions by the Company’s competitors;  

announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or competitors;  

changes in business conditions affecting the Company and its customers; and 

potential to be delisted. 

13 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been brought 
against companies. If a securities class action suit is filed against us, whether or not meritorious, we would incur substantial legal fees 
and our management’s attention and resources would be diverted from operating our business in order to respond to the litigation.  

Provisions  of  the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act  and  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Incorporation,  Amended  and  Restated 
Bylaws, and Rights Agreement may discourage or prevent a takeover of the Company.  

Provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, Michigan law, and the Rights Agreement, 
as amended, between the Company and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solution, Inc., as rights agent, could make it more difficult for a 
third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to you. These provisions could discourage 
potential  takeover  attempts  and  could adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  shares.  Because of  these  provisions,  you 
might not be able to receive a premium on your investment. These provisions:  

 

 

 

 

authorize  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  with  approval  by  a  majority  of  its  independent  directors  but  without 
requiring  shareholder  consent,  to  issue  shares  of  “blank  check”  preferred  stock  that  could  be  issued  by  the  Company’s 
Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent a takeover attempt;  

limit our shareholders’ ability to call a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders;  

limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the Company bylaws;  

may result in the issuance of preferred stock, which would significantly dilute the stock ownership percentage of certain 
shareholders and make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting stock; 
and  

 

restrict business combinations with certain shareholders.  

The provisions described above could prevent, delay or defer a change in control of the Company or its management. 

The  restatement  of  our  previously  issued  financial  statements  was  time-consuming  and  expensive  and  could  expose  us  to 
additional risks that could have a negative effect on our Company. 

We restated our previously issued audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 as well as the unaudited quarterly 
financial  information  included  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  unaudited  financial 
statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, 
and the unaudited financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2017 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2017.  In addition, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September  30, 2017 and our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 were not filed in a timely manner.  The restatement process was time 
consuming  and  expensive  and,  along  with  the  failure  to  make  certain  filings  with  the  SEC  in  a  timely  manner,  could  expose  us  to 
additional  risks  that  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  Company.    In  particular,  we  incurred  substantial  unanticipated  expenses  and 
costs, including audit, legal and other professional fees, in connection with the restatement of our previously issued financial statements 
and  the  ongoing  remediation  of  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Certain  remediation  actions  were 
recommended  and  we  are  in  the  process  of  implementing  them  (see  Item  9A  "Controls  and  Procedures"  of  this  Form  10-K  for  a 
description of these remediation measures). To the extent these steps are not successful, we could be forced to incur additional time and 
expense. Our management’s attention had also been diverted from the operation of our business in connection with the restatement and 
these ongoing remediation efforts. In addition, as a result of these restatements and failure to timely make certain filings with the SEC, we 
could  be  subject  to  governmental,  regulatory  or  other  actions.  Any  such  proceedings  could,  regardless  of  the  outcome,  consume  a 
significant amount of management’s time and attention and could result in additional legal, accounting and other costs and liabilities. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The  Company  continues  to  comply  with  the  SEC  investigation  regarding  the  Company’s  restatement  of  prior  financial  statements, 
which was completed in April 2018. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

The Company’s executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. The Company has seven principal 
operating plants. The Company’s Lifting Equipment business operates from the facilities described in this paragraph. The Company 
builds boom trucks and sign cranes in its 188,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Georgetown, Texas. The Company manufactures its 
knuckle boom cranes in two owned facilities, the 542,000 sq. ft. plant located in S. Cesario sul Panaro, Italy and the 213,000 sq. ft. 
facility  located  in  Arad,  Romania.    The  Romania  facility  also  produces  sub-assemblies  that  are  incorporated  into  PM  products 
manufactured in Italy.  The Company manufactures its precision pick and carry cranes in a 58,000 sq. ft. facility located in Piacenza, 
Italy. The Company builds specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling product in its 170,000 sq. ft. owned facility located 
in Winona, Minnesota.  The Company builds its specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions in its 
100,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Knox, Indiana.  

14 

 
The  Company  operates  its  crane  distribution  business  from  a  39,000  sq.  ft.  leased  facility  located  in  Bridgeview,  Illinois.    The 
Bridgeview facility also houses our corporate offices. 

All our facilities are used exclusively by the Company. The Company believes that its facilities are suitable for its business and will be 
adequate to meet our current needs. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability  and  workers’  compensation  matters  which  have 
arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-insurance retention that ranges from 
$50 thousand to $0.5 million. The Company has a $250 thousand per claim deductible on worker compensation claims and aggregates 
of $1.0 million to $1.9 million depending on the policy year.  Certain cases are at a preliminary stage and it is not possible to estimate 
the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, 
will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  Reserves  have  been  established  for  several  liability  cases  related  to  PM 
acquisitions. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability 
with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates 
when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable 

15 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for the Company’s Common Stock 

The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market trading under the symbol MNTX.  

Number of Common Stockholders 

As of February 13, 2020, there were 156 record holders of the Company’s common stock. 

Dividends 

During  the  fiscal  years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  did  not  declare  or  pay  any  cash  dividends  on  its 
common stock and the Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the terms of our 
credit facility do not allow us to declare or pay dividends without the prior written consent of the lender. 

Performance Graph 

The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The 
stock performance graph shows the change in market value of ten thousand dollars invested in our Common Stock, the Russell 2000 
Index and a peer group of comparable companies (“Peer Group”) for the five-year period commencing December 31, 2014 through 
December 31,  2019.  The  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  of  the  peer  group  and  Russell  2000  Index  assumes  dividends  are 
reinvested.  The  stockholder  return  shown  on  the  graph  below  is  not  indicative  of  future  performance.  The  companies  in  the  Peer 
Group are weighted by market capitalization. 

The  Peer  Group  consists  of  the  following  companies,  which  are  in  similar  lines  of  business  to  Manitex  International  Inc.;  Lindsay 
Corporation (LNN), Gencor Industries Inc. (GENC), Astec Industries, Inc. (ASTE), Columbus McKinnon Corporation (CMCO) and 
Alamo Group, Inc. (ALG). The companies in the Peer Group generally have market capitalizations that are significantly greater than 
the Company’s market capitalization. It was necessary to select companies with higher market capitalizations to find companies with 
similar  lines  of  business.  Our  competitors  are  most  often  either  small  privately-owned  companies  with  a  narrow  product  line  or  a 
segment of a very large company. In selecting our Peer Group, we intentionally excluded the companies that had the largest market 
capitalization even when their product lines were similar to ours. 

16 

  
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
Based upon an initial investment of $10,000 on December 31, 2014 
with dividends reinvested 

$35,000

$30,000

$25,000

$20,000

$15,000

$10,000

$5,000

$0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Manitex (MNTX)

Construction Equipment (5 stocks)

Russell 2000 Index

   December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  

Manitex International, Inc. 
  $ 
  $ 
Russell 2000 Index 
Construction Equipment (5 stocks)    $ 

2014 
10,000
10,000
10,000

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$
$
$

4,681
9,429
15,050

$
$
$

5,397
11,265
22,411

$
$
$

7,553     $ 
12,746     $ 
28,542     $ 

4,669    $
11,232    $
21,152    $

4,681
13,896
30,588  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 
2019: 

Period 
October 1 through October 31, 2019 
November 1 through November 30, 2019 
December 1 through December 31, 2019 
Total 

Total 
number 
of shares 
purchased (1)
—
—
1,658 $
1,658 $

Average 
price 
paid per 
share

—
—
5.66
5.66

Total number 
of shares 
purchased as 
part of publicly 
announced 
plans or programs     
—      
—      
—      
—      

Maximum number
or approximate 
dollar value of 
shares that may 
yet be purchased
under the 
plans or programs
—
—
—
—  

(1)  The Company purchased and cancelled 1,658 shares of its common stock on December 31, 2019. The shares were purchased 
from employees on December 14, 2019 at the market closing price of $5.66 on that date. The employees used the proceeds from 
the sale of shares to satisfy their withholding tax obligations that arose when restricted shares vested on that date. 

17 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  selected  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes  thereto  and 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. 

The Company’s results include the results for companies acquired from their respective effective dates of acquisition: December 16, 
2014 for Lift Ventures, December 20, 2014 for ASV, January 15, 2015 for the PM Group and March 12, 2015 for Columbia Tanks. 

The below financial data reflects the following entities as discontinued operations from 2015 through the year in which the entity was 
disposed:  2015 for Manitex Load King, LLC, and 2016 for Manitex Liftking, ULC, and CVS Ferrari S.r.L.  In addition, the data for 
the years 2015 to 2017 presents ASV as a discontinued operation.  

(In thousands except share information) 

Summary of Operations: 

Net revenues 
Operating loss 
Net loss from continuing operations 
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Loss per share from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Basic 
Diluted 

Shares used to calculate earnings per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Total assets 
Total debt for continuing operations 
Total shareholders' equity attributed to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

224,776 $
(5,985)
(8,492)

242,107 $
(235)
(13,177)

213,112     $ 
(265 )     
(7,067 )     

173,197 $
(9,974)
(23,189)

202,747
(288)
(5,325)

(8,492) $

(13,177) $

(7,067 )   $ 

(23,189) $

(5,325)

(0.43) $
(0.43) $

(0.72) $
(0.72) $

(0.43 )   $ 
(0.43 )   $ 

(1.44) $
(1.44) $

(0.33)
(0.33)

19,687,414
19,687,414

18,409,296
18,409,296

16,548,444       16,133,284
16,548,444       16,133,284

15,970,074
15,970,074

195,402 $
64,801 $

217,249 $
73,011 $

225,188     $ 
95,253     $ 

326,954 $
106,295 $

401,423
109,437

79,550 $

88,004 $

70,845     $ 

72,465 $

107,012  

18 

  
  
 
   
   
    
   
 
       
       
       
  
       
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS 

The  following  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  continuing  operations  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and notes, and other information included elsewhere in this Report. 

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking 
statements  within  the  “safe  harbor”  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  See  “Forward-Looking 
Statements”.   

OVERVIEW 

The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company reports in a single business segment and has five 
operating segments.  The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions 
and are used in a variety of industries.  

Manitex,  Inc. (“Manitex”)  markets  a  comprehensive  line of boom trucks,  truck cranes  and  sign  cranes.  Manitex’s boom  trucks  and 
crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including roads, bridges 
and commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM Oil and Steel S.p.A. (“PM”), formerly known as PM Group S.p.A., is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck-mounted hydraulic 
knuckle boom  cranes  with  a  50-year history  of  technology  and  innovation,  and  a  product  range spanning  more  than 50  models.  Its 
largest  subsidiary,  Oil &  Steel  (“O&S”),  is  a  manufacturer  of  truck-mounted  aerial  platforms  with  a  diverse  product  line  and  an 
international client base.  

Valla  product  line  of  industrial  cranes  is  a  full  range  of  precision  pick  and  carry  cranes  using  electric,  diesel,  and  hybrid  power 
options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed specifically to 
meet the needs of its customers. These products are sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc. (“Sabre”), which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with  capacities  from  8,000  to  21,000  gallons.  Its  mobile  tanks  are  sold  to 
specialized independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of 
end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

Crane  and  Machinery,  Inc.  (“C&M”)  is  a  distributor  of  the  Company’s  products  as  well  as  Terex  Corporation’s  (“Terex”)  rough 
terrain  and  truck  cranes.   Crane  and  Machinery Leasing, Inc.  (“C&M  Leasing”) rents equipment  manufactured by the  Company as 
well as a limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.  Although C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck 
cranes, C&M’s primary business is the distribution of products manufactured by the Company.   

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting  Service  Company,  “SVW”),  the  Company  had  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  that  most  significantly  impact  SVW’s 
economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third party 
financing, which was  effectively  guaranteed by  the  Company, on  specific  cranes  the Company  manufactured  and remitted  the  loan 
proceeds to the Company. Other than its business transactions described herein, SVW had no other substantial business operations. 
The Company had determined that SVW is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) that under current accounting guidance needed to be 
consolidated  in  the  Company’s  financial  results.  SVW was  consolidated  into  the  Company’s  financial  results  beginning  in  the  first 
quarter  of  2016  through  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017.    By  December  31,  2017,  SVW  had  ceased  operations  and  is  therefore  not  a 
consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017. 

Income and losses related to VIE’s are typically shown in a company’s financial statements as being attributed to a non-controlling 
interest.    Other  than  its  transactions  between  SVW  and  the  Company,  SVW  had  no  other  substantial  business  operations.  
Furthermore, the Company exercised control and absorbed all losses and received all the income from SVW operations.  Therefore, 
the Company has concluded that income and losses related to the VIE are attributable to the Shareholders of the Company. 

19 

 
 
 
 
Business Overview 

In 2019, the annualized order rate for straight-mast cranes was approximately 1,200 units, consistent with 2018 levels. The data that 
the  Company  has  seen  indicates  that  dealer  rental  utilization  and  United  States  commercial  construction  indices  remain  at  healthy 
levels. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company launched the Manitex branded line of articulating cranes (“MAC”) at a trade 
show in Louisville, Kentucky targeting roofing, concrete, general construction and supply industries. Based on current sales trends, the 
Company expects MAC sales to grow significantly in 2020. We also have expanded our North American distribution network with the 
addition  of  one  new  MAC  dealer  and  three  straight-mast  dealers.  While  there  is  still  work  to  do,  both  Gross  Margin  and  EBITDA 
margin have bounced off our lows in the third quarter, and are trending higher as we head into 2020. 

In September of 2019, the Company appointed a new Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) with significant international crane experience 
with the goal of stimulating the PM business to much higher performance in this substantial market. The Company will be targeting 
cost reductions, improved dealer management and incentivization, revamping product designs, improving parts execution and fill rates 
and stressing a commitment to quality and safety. We believe there is potential for continued gains in 2020 through higher production 
efficiencies  and  the  re-configuration  of  our  articulating  crane  business,  which  generates  the  highest  margins  within  our  product 
portfolio.    During  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  PM  was  awarded  a  new  $4.5  million  revenue  contract  with  a  customer’s  option,  to 
purchase an additional $4 million in additional deliveries to supply knuckle boom cranes to an international military company.  We 
have also started shipping articulated cranes under the brand name PM-Tadano to customers in Asia; this was a key branding initiative 
we launched during the second half of 2019. Our partnership with Tadano is gaining traction in Asia, and now starting in the Middle 
East, through our PM-Tadano branding efforts and distribution expansion. We are proud to have Tadano as a partner and investor, and 
have greatly improved our focus over the past few months to drive gains in 2020 and beyond for our articulating crane business. PM 
now represents a substantial portion of our backlog. 

Factors Affecting Revenues and Gross Profit 

The  Company  derives  most  of  its  revenue  from  purchase  orders  from  dealers  and  distributors.  The  demand  for  the  Company’s 
products  depends  upon  the  general  economic  conditions  of  the  markets  in  which  the  Company  competes.  The  Company’s  sales 
depend  in part  upon  its  customers’  replacement  or  repair  cycles.  Adverse  economic  conditions,  including  a decrease  in  commodity 
prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery.  

Gross  profit  varies  from  period  to  period.  Factors  that  affect  gross  profit  include  product  mix,  production  levels  and  cost  of  raw 
materials. Margins tend to increase when production is skewed towards larger capacity cranes.  

20 

 
The following table sets forth certain financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Results of Consolidated Operations 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(In thousands, except share data) 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Impairment of intangibles 

Total operating expenses 

Operating loss 
Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Changes in fair value of securities held
Foreign currency transaction loss 
Other income (loss) 

Total other income (expense) 

Loss before income taxes and loss in non-marketable equity 
   interest from continuing operations 
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations
(Loss) income in non-marketable equity interest, net of taxes

Loss from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax 
   benefit of $23 in 2017 
Net loss 

  $

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

For the Year
Ended

For the Year
Ended

For the Year 
Ended 
  December 31,     December 31,      December 31,  
2018 
242,107     $
198,060       
44,047       

2017 
213,112
176,266
36,846

2019 
224,776
184,320

40,456  

$

$

2,714
35,615
8,112
46,441  
(5,985)  

(4,603)
229
5,454
(844)
20
256  

(5,729)
2,763
—
(8,492)  

2,839       
35,707       
5,736        
44,282       
(235 )     

(5,508 )     
168       
(5,494 )     
(814 )     
(374 )     
(12,022 )     

(12,257 )     
511       
(409 )     
(13,177 )     

2,564
34,547
—
37,111
(265)

(6,498)
—
—
(1,149)
367
(7,280)

(7,545)
(118)
360
(7,067)

—
(8,492)   $
—

—       
(13,177 )   $
—       

(737)
(7,804)
(274)

$

(8,492) $

(13,177 )   $

(8,078)

Year Ended December 31, 2019 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018 from Continuing 
Operations 

Net loss from continuing operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net loss was $8.5 million, which consists of revenue of $224.8 million, cost of sales of $184.3 
million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $2.7  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $43.7  million,  interest  expense  of  $4.6  million,  interest 
income of $0.2 million, a gain in the change in fair value of securities held of $5.5 million, foreign currency transaction loss of $0.8 
million, other income of $0.02 million, and income tax expense of $2.8 million. 

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  net  loss  was  $13.2  million,  which  consists  of  revenue  of  $242.1  million,  cost  of  sales  of 
$198.1  million,  research  and  development  costs  of  $2.8  million,  SG&A  costs  of  $41.5  million,  interest  expense  of  $5.5  million, 
interest income of $0.2 million, a loss in the change in fair value of securities held of $5.5 million, foreign currency transaction loss of 
$0.8 million, other loss of $0.4 million, loss in non-marketable equity interest of $0.4 million and income tax expense of $0.5 million. 

Net revenue and gross profit —For the year ended December 31, 2019, net revenue and gross profit were $224.8 million and $40.5 
million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of net revenues was 18.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019.  For the year ended 
December 31,  2018,  net  revenue  and  gross  profit  were  $242.1 million  and  $44.0  million,  respectively.  Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of 
sales was 18.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018.   

21 

 
  
 
   
    
 
  
  
 
   
    
 
 
       
 
 
       
 
 
       
 
For  2019,  revenues  decreased  $17.3  million  or  7.1%  from  $242.1  million  for  2018  to  $224.8  million  for  2019.    The  decreases  are 
primarily due to decreases in sales of straight-mast and knuckle boom cranes and specialized mobile tank revenues. The revenues for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  were  also  unfavorably  impacted  by  a  weaker  Euro,  which  accounted  for  approximately  $5.0 
million of the decrease in revenue.   

Gross profit as a percent of net revenues was 18.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019, which decreased from 18.2% for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in gross profit is attributable to a decrease in revenues and increases in inventory reserves 
and increases in chassis sales with low margins.   

Research and development —Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.7 million compared to $2.8 
million for the comparable period in 2018. Research and development expenditures were relatively consistent with the prior period. 
The Company’s research and development spending continues to reflect our commitment to develop and introduce new products that 
give the Company a competitive advantage. 

Selling, general and administrative expense —Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 
was $43.7  million  compared to  $41.5  million  for  the  comparable  period  in  2018,  an  increase  of  $2.2  million.    Approximately  $2.4 
million of the increase was related to impairment charges to intangible assets compared to 2018; other increases included roof repair at 
Badger, trade shows, salaries to support new product launch, PM restructuring costs, audit and consulting fees and bad debt reserves. 
These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  decreases  in  restatement  fees  and  a  favorable  impact  on  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustments resulting from a weaker Euro.  

Operating  loss  —The  Company  had  an  operating  loss  of  $6.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  compared  to  an 
operating  loss  of  $0.2  million  in  the  prior  year.    Operating  loss  increased  due  to  changes  in  revenue,  cost  of  sales  and  operating 
expenses explained above. 

Interest expense —Interest expense was $4.6 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  
The  decrease  in  interest  expense  was  primarily  attributed  to  a  decrease  in  outstanding  debt,  which  was  partially  offset  by  higher 
interest rates.   

Foreign currency transaction loss — Foreign currency loss was $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. As 
stated in the past, the Company attempts to purchase forward currency exchange contracts such that the exchange gains and losses on 
the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency will be offset by the changes in the market 
value  of  the  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  it  holds.    Currency  risks  can  be  reduced  but  not  eliminated  in  part  because  the 
Company  has  not  been  able  to  identify  a  strategy  to  effectively  hedge  the  currency  risks  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.      The 
Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at their market value with any associated gain or 
loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

A  substantial  portion  of  the  2019  loss  is  attributable  to  exchange  losses  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.    As  previously  stated,  the 
Company has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge currency risks related to the Argentinian peso.   

Other income (loss) — For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had other income of $0.02 million and other 
loss of $0.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December, 31, 2018, the other loss was related to the increase in the fair market 
value of a contingent liability associated with the PM acquisition based on a revaluation that used updated information. 

Change in fair value of securities held— For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had a gain of $5.5 million. Income 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  were  due  to  a  change  in  the  fair  value  of  securities  held  in  ASV.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018, the Company had losses of $5.5 million. Losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were due to a change in 
the fair value of securities held in ASV (see Notes 11 and 26 in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Income tax — Based on the weighting of all available positive and negative evidence, most notably significant negative evidence of 
three-year cumulative losses and a decline in sales during the third quarter of 2019, which led to a triggering event where goodwill is 
impaired, we determined that it is appropriate to establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of PM. The Company 
considered  and  weighed  positive  evidence  including  our  existing  backlog  and  how  the  backlog  might  enhance  future  earnings. 
However, because the accounting guidance for income taxes considers a projection of future earnings inherently subjective, it does not 
carry significant weight to overcome the objectively verifiable evidence of cumulative losses in recent years. Although the recognition 
of the valuation allowance is a non-cash charge of approximately $2.6 million to income tax expense, it did have a negative impact on 
earnings for the 12 months ended December 31, 2019. If these estimates and assumptions change in the future, the Company may be 
required to reduce its valuation allowance resulting in less income tax expense. The Company evaluates the likelihood of realizing its 
deferred tax assets quarterly.  

22 

 
 
 
The  calculation  of  the  overall  income  tax  provision  for  the  12  months  ended  December 31,  2019  primarily  consists  of  a  domestic 
income  tax  provision  resulting  from  state  and  local  taxes,  foreign  income  taxes,  the  change  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  an 
increase in the valuation allowance for foreign deferred tax assets and state tax credits.  

The  Company’s  effective  rate  was  an  income  tax provision of 48.24% on a pretax  loss  of  $5.7  million compared  to  an  income  tax 
provision of 4.04% on a pretax loss of $12.7 million from prior year. The increase in the effective tax rate is due primarily to the tax 
effects  related  to  the  mix  of  domestic  and  foreign  earnings,  nondeductible  permanent  differences,  domestic  losses  for  which  the 
Company is not recognizing an income tax benefit, the change unrecognized tax benefits and the increase in the valuation allowance 
for foreign deferred tax assets and state tax credits.  

Loss in equity investments —The Company had a loss related to its equity investment of $0.4 million for the year ended December 
31, 2018. Loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was from sale of shares of ASV Holdings stock and loss on equity investment in 
ASV Holdings compared to income from equity investment in ASV Holdings.  

Net  loss  from  continuing  operations  —Net  loss  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018  was  $8.5  million  and  $13.2 
million, respectively. The change is explained above. 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017 from Continuing 
Operations 

For  discussion  regarding  the  comparison  of  the  results  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017, refer to Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2018, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 
2019, and is incorporated by reference.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  were  $23.6  million  and  $22.3  million  at  December 31,  2019  and  December 31,  2018, 
respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  a  U.S.  revolving  credit  facility  with  a  maturity  date  of  July 20,  2023.  At  December 31, 
2019 the Company had approximately $27.6 million available to borrow under its revolving credit facility.      

At December 31, 2019, the PM Group had established working capital facilities with five Italian banks, one Spanish bank and eight 
South American banks. Under these facilities, the PM Group can borrow $24.0 million against orders, invoices and letters of credit. 
These facilities are divided into two types: working capital facilities and cash facilities.  At December 31, 2019, the PM Group had 
received advances of $13.3 million. Future advances are dependent on having available collateral. 

Our subsidiary in Argentina (“PM Argentina”) began accounting for their operations as highly inflationary effective July 1, 2018, as 
required  by  GAAP.    Under  highly  inflationary  accounting,  PM  Argentina’s  functional  currency  became  the  Euro  (its  parent 
company’s  reporting  currency),  and  its  income  statement  and  balance  sheet  have  been  measured  in  Euros  using  both  current  and 
historical rates of exchange.  The effect of changes in exchange rates on peso-denominated monetary assets and liabilities has been 
reflected in earnings in other (income) and expense, net and was not material.  As of December 31, 2019, PM Argentina had a small 
net  peso  monetary  position.   Net  sales  of PM  Argentina were  less  than  5  percent of our  consolidated  net  sales  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Significant Transactions Affecting Company Liquidity 

In September 2019, ASV was acquired by Yanmar American Corporation resulting in the Company receiving $7.05 per share in cash, 
or $7.6 million, for its remaining 1,080,000 shares of ASV. 

During  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  two  transactions  that  had  a  significant  beneficial  impact  on  the  Company’s  liquidity.    In 
February 2018, the Company sold 1.0 million shares of ASV common stock it held for $7.0 million and on May 29, 2018 Tadano Ltd. 
purchased approximately 2.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which generated cash of approximately $32.0 million, 
net of expenses.   A portion of the proceeds raised in these two transactions were used to support an increase in working capital, the 
result  of  increased  revenues.    The  remaining  proceeds  are  the  principal  reason  cash  has  increased  by  $16.9  million  and  debt  has 
decreased by $22.9 million since year end.   

Nevertheless,  because  our  availability  under  our  credit  lines  is  limited,  it  is  important  that  we  manage  our  working  capital.    The 
Company may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings to support our long-term growth strategy, which may 
include additional acquisitions. There is no assurance that such financing will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding borrowings and required payments 

The following is a summary of our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2019: 

(In millions) 

Outstanding 
Balance 

Interest 
Rate

Interest 
Paid

Principal Payment 

   $ 

U.S. Revolver 
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella 
Capital lease—cranes for sale      
Capital lease—Georgetown 
   facility 
Note payable— 
   Winona Facility 
PM unsecured borrowings 

PM Autogru term loan #1 

PM Autogru term loan #2 

PM Autogru term loan #3 
PM term loans with related 
   accrued interest, interest 
   rate swaps and FMV 
   adjustments 
PM short-term working 
   capital borrowings 
Valla note payable 

Valla short-term working 
   capital borrowings 

—     
7.3     
14.9     
0.3     

N/A
7.5%
7.5%
5.5%

Monthly July 20, 2023 maturity
Semi-Annual December 19, 2020 maturity
Semi-Annual

January 7, 2021 maturity
Monthly January 13, 2021 maturity
Monthly $0.06 million monthly payment includes 

4.8     

12.50%

  interest. April 30, 2028 maturity

Monthly $0.01 million monthly 

0.3     

11.7     

0.1     

0.2     
0.3     

8.0%

3.5%

3.00%

2.50%
2.75%

10.2     

0 to 3.5%

14.4      1.75 to 65.0%

Annual Annual installments starting December 
  2019 through December 2025
Monthly $0.01 million monthly through 

  October 2020 

Monthly $0.01 monthly through 
  March 2020 
Monthly Monthly through June 2023
Annual Annual installments starting December 

   2019 and a balloon payment in 
   December 2026 

Monthly Upon payment of invoice 

0.1     

4.36%

  January 2021 

Quarterly Over 14 quarterly payments ending 

Monthly Upon payment of invoice or letter of 

0.3      1.67 to 4.75%

  credit 

Debt issuance costs 
Debt net of issuance costs 

   $ 

64.9     
(0.1 )   
64.8     

The debt has various maturity dates. See Notes 13 through 15 to the financial statements for additional details. 

Change in outstanding debt 

At  December  31,  2019,  our  total  debt  was  reduced  by  $8.2  million  to  $64.8  from  $73.0  million  at  December  31, 2018.   The  primary 
difference is attributed to a decrease in the PM debt of $8.3 million which was paid off during the year.  

24 

 
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
 
The following is a summary of changes in debt related to continuing operations: 

(In millions) 

Capital leases—buildings
Capital leases—equipment
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella
Badger notes payable 
Valla notes payable 
PM 

Debt issuance costs 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 

(0.2 ) 
(0.2 ) 
0.1   
0.2   
(0.1 ) 
0.3   
(8.4 ) 
(8.3 ) 
0.1   
(8.2 ) 

$

Cash Flows for 2019 and 2018 

Operating Activities 

For  2019,  operating  activities  provided  $3.2  million  in  cash  compared  to  $1.0  million  cash  provided  during  2018.  Cash  used  by 
working  capital  was  $1.0  million  and  $5.1  million  for  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  Effective  accounts  receivable  management 
generated $9.3 million cash in 2019 compared to the use of $0.3 million cash in 2018, partially offset by $7.6 million cash that was 
used to pay down accounts payable in 2019 compared to $2.8 million provided by accounts payable in 2018. Inventory represented a 
cash outflow of $2.4 million and $7.3 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively.    

Investing Activities 

Cash provided from investing activities was $5.8 million in 2019 which included $7.6 million in proceeds from the sale of an interest 
in an equity investment.  Cash provided from investing activities was $5.8 million in 2018 which included $7.0 million proceeds from 
the  sales  of  a  partial  interest  in  an  equity  investment.  Cash  payments  for  plant,  property  and  equipment  were  $1.8  million  in 2019 
compared to payments of $1.2 million in 2018, an increase of $0.6 million.  

Financing Activities 

Cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 which included principal 
loan payments of $3.0 million and a reduction in working capital borrowing of $3.9 million. Cash flow from financing activities was 
an inflow of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 which included net proceeds of $31.9 million in connection with the 
sale  of  stock  to Tadano, partially  offset by a  reduction  in borrowing under  the  U.S.  credit  facility  of $12.9  million and decrease  in 
working capital borrowing of $5.6 million.  

Contingencies 

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability  and  workers’  compensation  matters  which  have 
arisen  in  the normal  course of operations. Certain  cases are  at  a  preliminary  stage,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  estimate  the  amount or 
timing of any cost to the Company. 

The Company does not believe that these contingencies in aggregate will have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

Additionally, the Company has been named as a defendant in several multi-defendant asbestos related product liability lawsuits. In 
certain instances, the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff 
has,  to  date,  not  been  able  to  establish  any  exposure  by  the  plaintiff  to  the  Company’s  products.  The  Company  is  uninsured  with 
respect to these claims but believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these to claims. 

When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible  to  estimate  the  amount  within  the  range  that  is  most  likely  to  occur.  The  Company  established  reserves  for  several  PM 
lawsuits in conjunction with the purchase accounting for this acquisition.  

25 

 
  
  
  
  
 
As described in Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for 
the Romania income tax audit for tax years 2012-2018 and Italy for tax year 2016. Depending upon the final resolution of these audits, 
the liability could be higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 2019. 

Residual Value Guarantees 

The Company issues partial residual value guarantees to support a customer’s financing of equipment purchased from the Company. 
A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if 
certain  conditions  are  met  by  the  customer.  The  Company  has  issued  partial  residual  guarantees  that  have  maximum  exposure  of 
approximately $1.6 million as of December 31, 2019.  The Company, however, does not have any reason to believe that any exposure 
from  such  a  guarantee  is  probable  at  this  time  and  accordingly,  no  liability  has  been  recorded.  The  Company’s  liability  from  its 
guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in used equipment markets at the time of loss. 

Income Taxes 

The  Company  records  accrued  interest  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  the  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated  statement  of  income.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  interest  and  penalties  recognized  on 
unrecognized tax benefits were $0.1, $0.3 and $0.01 million, respectively. The accrued balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 
was $0.8 and $0.6 million, respectively. Included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income tax audit for 
tax years 2012-2018 and Italy for 2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of the audit, the uncertain tax position liability could be 
higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 2019. We believe that it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $0.4 
million in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date as a result of a lapse in the statute of limitations in various 
jurisdictions and for the resolution of the Italy tax audit. 

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  United  States,  Italy,  Romania  and  Argentina  as  well  as  various  state  and  local  tax 
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations.  With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the tax 
authorities for U.S. federal or state for the years before 2016, or foreign examinations for years before 2012.  

SEC Investigation 

The  Company  continues  to  comply  with  the  SEC  investigation  regarding  the  Company’s  restatement  of  prior  financial  statements, 
which was completed in April 2018. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

CIBC  has  issued  2  standby  letters  of  credit  at  December  31,  2019.    The  first  standby  letter  of  credit  is  $0.5  million  in  favor  of  an 
insurance carrier to secure obligations which may arise in connection with future deductible payments that may be incurred under the 
Company’s  worker’s  compensation  insurance  policies,  this  letter  of  credit  was  reduced  by  $0.075  million  in  January  2020.    The 
second standby letter of credit is $20 thousand in favor of a governmental agency to secure obligations which may arise in connection 
with worker’s compensation claims.  

During the fourth quarter of 2015 and first quarter of 2016, the Company entered into four 60-month equipment operating leases in 
sales and lease back transactions.  In connection with these transactions, the Company received $6.7 million, i.e., $2.6 million for the 
one executed in 2015 and a total of $4.1 million for the three executed in 2016. In February 2019, the Company came to an agreement 
with the bank to purchase the remaining equipment for $1.4 million.  

The Company has issued partial residual value guarantees to support a customer’s financing. A residual value guarantee involves a 
guarantee  that  a  piece  of  equipment  will  have  a  minimum  fair  market  value  at  a  future  date  if  certain  conditions  are  met  by  the 
customer.  The  Company  has  issued  partial  residual  guarantees  that  have  maximum  exposure  of  approximately  $1.6  million  in 
aggregate as of December 31, 2019.  The Company, however, does not have any reason to believe that any exposure from any such 
guarantees is either probable or estimable at this time, as such, no liability has been recorded. 

See  Note  24  –  “Legal  Proceedings  and  Other  Contingencies”  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
information regarding our guarantees. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

The  following  is  a  schedule  as  of  December 31,  2019  of  our  long-term  contractual  commitments,  future  minimum  lease  payments 
under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and other long-term obligations. 

(In thousands) 

Working capital borrowings (3) 
Term loans (4) 
Operating lease obligations 
Finance lease obligations (3) 
Legal settlement (see Note 24) (3) 
Purchase obligations (1) 

Total 

Total 

14,666
47,438
5,557
5,063
1,140
21,014
94,878

$

$

$

$

Payments due by period 
2021-2022 

2023-2024 

2020 
14,666
12,197
1,305
478
95
21,014
49,755

$

$

—     $ 
22,207       
1,501       
762       
190       
—       
24,660     $ 

— $

    Thereafter 
—
6,629
1,919
2,769
665
—
11,982  

$

6,405
832
1,054
190
—
8,481

(1)  Except  for  a  very  insignificant  amount,  purchase  obligations  are  for  inventory  items.  Purchase  obligations  not  for  inventory 

would include research and development materials, supplies and services. 

(2)  At  December 31,  2019,  the  Company  had  a  reserve  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of  $4.3  million  for  which  the  Company  is 
unable  to  make  reasonably  reliable  estimates  of  the  period  of  cash  settlement  with  the  respective  tax  authority.  Thus,  these 
liabilities (reserves) have not been included in the contractual obligations table. (See Note 16). 

(3)  PM working capital borrowing. Capital lease obligations and legal settlement includes imputed interest. 

(4)  Long-term debt obligations  

Related Party Transactions 

For a description of the Company’s related party transactions, please see Note 23 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
entitled “Transactions between the Company and Related Parties.” 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  our  reported  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our 
estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that 
our  estimates  and  assumptions  are  reasonable  under  the  circumstances;  however,  actual  results  may  vary  from  these  estimates  and 
assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more 
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. 

Principals  of  Consolidation.    The  Company  consolidates  all  entities  that  we  control  by  ownership  of  a  majority  voting  interest. 
Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a 
majority voting interest) does not apply. Generally, this occurs when an entity holds an interest in another business enterprise that was 
achieved  through  arrangements  that  do  not  involve  voting  interests,  which  results  in  a  disproportionate  relationship  between  such 
entity's  voting  interests  in,  and  its  exposure  to  the  economic  risks  and  potential  rewards  of,  the  other  business  enterprise.  This 
disproportionate relationship results in what is known as a variable interest, and the entity in which we have the variable interest is 
referred to as a "VIE." An enterprise must consolidate a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The primary 
beneficiary has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, 
and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. 

Although the Company did not have an ownership interest in S.V.W. Crane & Equipment Company and its wholly owned subsidiary 
Rental  Consulting  Service  Company  (collectively  “SVW”),  the  Company  had  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  of  SVW  that  most 
significantly  impacted  its  economic  performance  and  is  absorbing  the  losses.    SVW  had  obtained  financing  and  had  remitted  the 
proceeds to the Company using inventory (cranes) owned by the Company as collateral.  The finance companies that held the loans 
had a perfected security interest in the inventory and therefore had recourse against this specific inventory.   Furthermore, the debt 
taken on by SVW was effectively guaranteed by the Company pursuant to certain related agreements. 

27 

 
  
 
  
   
   
     
 
 
Income and losses related to VIEs are typically shown in a company’s financial statements as being attributed to a non-controlling 
interest.    Other  than  its  transactions  between  SVW  and  the  Company,  SVW  had  no  other  substantial  business  operations.  
Furthermore, the Company exercised control and absorbed all losses and received all the income from SVW operations.  Therefore, 
the  Company  had  concluded  that  income  and  losses  related  to  the  VIE  are  attributable  to  the  Shareholders  of  the  Company.  By 
December 31, 2017, SVW had ceased operations and is therefore not a consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017. 

The Company eliminates from our financial results all significant intercompany transactions, including the intercompany transactions 
with consolidated SVW.  

Revenue  Recognition.  Revenue  is  recognized  when  obligations  under  the  terms  of  the  contract  with  our  customer  are  satisfied; 
generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of our equipment, parts or installation services (typically completed within one day), 
which occurs at a point in time.  Equipment can be redirected during the manufacturing phase such that over time revenue recognition 
is not appropriate.  Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or 
providing  services.  Our  contracts  are non-cancellable  and  returns  are only  allowed  in  limited  instances  through  C&M. Sales, value 
add, and other taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue. The expected costs associated 
with  our  base  warranties  continue  to  be  recognized  as  expense  when  the  products  are  sold  and  do  not  constitute  a  separate 
performance obligation.   

For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately 
sells the equipment.  

In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned  to  that  performance  obligation.  Revenue  and  related  costs  are  recognized  when  title  passes  and  risk  of  loss  passes  to  our 
customers  which  generally  occurs  upon  shipment  depending  upon  the  terms  of  the  contract.  Under  certain  contracts  with  our 
customers title passes to the customers when the units are completed. The units are segregated from our inventory and identified as 
belonging to the customer, the customer is notified that the units are complete and awaiting pick up or delivery as specified by the 
customer  before  income  is  recognized.  Additionally,  the  customer  is  requested  to  sign  an  “Invoice  Authorization  Form”  which 
acknowledges  the  contract  terms  and  acknowledges  that  the  customer  has  economic  ownership  and  control  over  the  unit.  It  also 
acknowledges  that  we  are  going  to  invoice  the  unit  per  terms  of  the  contract.  The  Company  insures  any  custodial  risk  that  it  may 
retain. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts. The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  current  earnings 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case the effective portion of the gain 
or loss is recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period 
or periods during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was 
acquired  on  January 15,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  which  manage  the  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk 
related  to  term  loans  with  certain  financial  institutions  in  Italy.  These  contracts  have  been  determined  not  to  be  hedge  instruments 
under ASC 815-10. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 6 and 7 to the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts Receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future.  The  Company’s  estimate  for  the  allowance for  doubtful  accounts related  to  trade  receivables  includes  evaluation  of  specific 
accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations. 

Guarantees. The Company has issued partial residual guarantees to financial institutions related to a customer financing of equipment 
purchased by the customer.  The Company must assess the probability of losses if the fair market value is less than the guaranteed 
residual value.  

28 

 
 
A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. The 
Company will record a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees issued pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460”). We recognize a loss under a guarantee when 
the  obligation  to  make  payment  under  the  guarantee  is  probable  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be  estimated.  If  the  expected 
equipment value is less than its guaranteed residual value, the Company would recognize a liability for the amount of the short-fall up 
to the amount of its partial guarantee. The Company is not responsible for any short-fall in excess of its partial guarantee.   

Inventories and Related Reserve for Obsolete and Excess Inventory. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value 
and are reduced by a reserve for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess 
or obsolete inventories. 

Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill 
and  Other”.  The  Company  capitalizes  certain  costs  related  to  patent  technology.  Additionally,  a  substantial  portion  of  the  purchase 
price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and 
customer relationships. Under the guidance, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment. 

Goodwill. Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and 
liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down 
only  in  the  period  in  which  the  recorded  value  of  such  assets  exceed  their  fair  value. The  Company  does  not  amortize  goodwill  in 
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). The Company performed its annual impairment assessment as of September 30, 2019, prior to its 
October 1, 2019 annual measurement date.  In 2019, due to a triggering event, the valuation analysis was performed at September 30, 
2019. In 2018, the valuation was performed at October 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018.  

For 2019 and 2018, the Company evaluated goodwill using the quantitative step one approach. In 2019 and 2018, goodwill is tested 
for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  defined  as  an  operating  segment  or  a  component  of  an  operating  segment  that 
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and operating results 
are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker. For 2019 and 2018, the Company has five operating segments: Manitex, 
Badger, PM/Valla, Sabre and C&M. All operating segments are aggregated into one reporting segment. Only Manitex, PM/Valla and 
Sabre  are  tested  for  goodwill  impairment  as  Badger  and  C&M  have  no  goodwill.  In  2019,  goodwill  was  impaired  at  PM  of  $0.3 
million and Sabre of $2.9 million. In 2018, goodwill was impaired at our PM/Valla operating segment of $3.2 million.  

For 2017, goodwill was tested at the fully consolidated level excluding discontinued operations, as the Company was operating in a 
single operating segment.   

Under  “ASC  350”,  entities  are  provided  with  the  option  of  first  performing  a  qualitative  assessment  on  none,  some,  or  all  of  its 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If 
after completing a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than 
its carrying value a quantitative analysis is required. 

The Company evaluates its consolidated goodwill using the quantitative two step approach. The first step used to identify potential 
impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. During the first step 
testing, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using a business valuation method, which is calculated as of a measurement 
date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of 
capital  of  a hypothetical  third-party  buyer.  The  market  approach  was  also  considered  in  evaluating  the  potential  for  impairment  by 
calculating fair value based on multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of comparable, 
publicly  traded  companies.  The  Company  also  observed  implied  EBITDA  multiples  from  relatively  recent  merger  and  acquisition 
activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of 
the  goodwill,  an  impairment  charge  is  recorded  for  the  excess. An  impairment  loss  cannot  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
assigned to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

29 

 
 
 
For 2017, the first step did not indicate any impairment of goodwill.  

The  determination  of  fair  value  requires  the  Company  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  primarily  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  revenue  growth  and  operating  earnings  projections,  discount  rates,  terminal 
growth rates, and required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market 
share in North America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks.  If our progress in 
meeting these and other assumptions is slower or different than what was anticipated, it may impact our ability to meet the projections.  
Due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  involved  in  making  these  estimates,  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  estimates. 
Deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting near term projections) may result 
in impairment in the near term. In the event the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in the future the Company would need 
to recognize a non-cash impairment charge.  

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.  The  Company’s  policy  is  to  assess  the  realizability  of  its  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  value. Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  for  future  sales  levels,  the  impact  of  cost 
reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized 
would be calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company recognized 
$8.1  million  in  impairment  related  to  tradenames,  goodwill  and customer  relationships for  the  year  ended  December  31, 2019. The 
Company recognized $5.7 million in net impairments related to goodwill and trademarks for the year ended December 31, 2018 but 
did not have any impairment for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Warranty  Expense.  The  Company  establishes  reserves  for  future  warranty  expense  at  the  point  when  revenue  is  recognized  by  the 
Company and is based on a percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is 
based on sales. 

Retirement  Benefit  Costs  and  Termination  Benefits.  Payments  to  defined  contribution  retirement  benefit  plans  are recognized  as  an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. Employees in Italy are entitled to Trattamento di 
Fine  Rapporto  (“TFR”),  commonly  referred  to  as  an  employee  leaving  indemnity,  which  represents  deferred  compensation  for 
employees in the private sector. Under Italian law, an entity is obligated to accrue for TFR on an individual employee basis payable to 
each individual upon termination of employment (including both voluntary and involuntary dismissal). 

Litigation Claims. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on the advice of outside legal counsel. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires recognition 
of income taxes based on amounts payable with respect to the current year and the effects of deferred taxes for the expected future tax 
consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as 
well  as  for  operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  year  in  which  the  differences  are 
expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not a tax benefit will 
not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.  The  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the 
generation of future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. See Note 16 to our Consolidated 
Financial Statements for further details. 

The Jobs Act also establishes global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess 
of  a  deemed  return  on  tangible  assets  of  foreign  corporations.  The  Company  has  elected  to  recognize  GILTI  as  a  period  cost  as 
incurred, therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI 
inclusion upon reversal. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return,  as  well  as  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company records interest and penalties related to income tax 
matters in the provision for income taxes. 

Comprehensive  Income.  Reporting  “Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components.  Comprehensive  income  includes,  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  other  items  that  are  reported  as  direct  adjustments  to 
stockholder’s  equity.  Currently,  the  comprehensive  income  adjustment  required  for  the  Company  is  a  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustment, the result of consolidating its foreign subsidiaries.  

30 

 
Business  Combinations.  The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC  805,  Business 
Combinations. The guidance requires consideration given, including contingent consideration, assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
to  be  valued  at  their  fair  market  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  guidance  further  provides  that:  (1) in-process  research  and 
development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as 
incurred, (3) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; 
and (4) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect 
income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed  be  recognized  as  goodwill.  In  accordance  with  ASC  805,  any  excess  of  fair  value  of  acquired  net  assets,  including 
identifiable  intangibles  assets,  over  the  acquisition  consideration  results  in  a  bargain  purchase  gain.  Prior  to  recording  a  gain,  the 
acquiring entity must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-
measurements to verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

Recently Issued Pronouncements – Not Yet Adopted  

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes Topic 740-Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 
2019-12”),  which  intended  to  simplify  various  aspects  related  to  accounting  for  income  taxes.  ASU  2019-12  removes  certain 
exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application of 
Topic 740. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of Topic 740 is not 
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-04,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses, 
Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2019-04”). ASU 2019-04 provides narrow scope 
amendments  for  Topics  326,  815  and  825.   The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020  and  early  adoption  is 
permitted. The standard requires a modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of 
the  beginning  of  the  first  reporting  period  in  which  the  guidance  is  effective.  The  Company  adopted  the  new  credit  loss  standard 
effective January 1, 2020 and determined it will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial  Instruments,”  (“ASU  2016-13”).  ASU  2016-13  sets  forth  a  “current  expected  credit  loss”  model  which  requires  the 
Company  to  measure  all  expected  credit  losses  for  financial  instruments  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience, 
current conditions and reasonable supportable forecasts. The guidance in this standard replaces the existing incurred loss model and is 
applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet 
credit  exposures.  Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  the  following  standards  related  to  ASU  2016-13:  ASU  2018-19,  “Codification 
Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses,” ASU 2019-05, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) 
Targeted  Transition  Relief,” and ASU  2019-11,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses,” 
which provided additional guidance and clarity to ASU 2016-13 (collectively, the “Credit Loss Standard”). The effective date will be 
the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Credit  Loss  Standard  will  be  applied  using  a  modified 
retrospective approach. The Company adopted the new credit loss standard effective January 1, 2020 and determined it will not have a 
material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  “Income  Statement  -  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2018-2”). ASU 2018-02 allows a 
reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the “Jobs 
Act”. The Company has adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact 
on our operating results.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily  will  depend  on  its  classification  as  a  finance  or  operating  lease.   Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  the  following  standards 
related  to  ASU  2016-02:  ASU  2018-01,  “Land  Easement  Practical  Expedient  for  Transition  to  Topic  842,”  ASU  2018-10, 
“Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”, ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements” (“ASU 2018-11”) 
and  ASU  2018-20,  “Narrow-Scope  Improvements  for  Lessors”,  which  provided  additional  guidance  and  clarity  to  ASU  2016-02 
(collectively, the “New Lease Standard”). The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2019. The transition method allows an 
entity to initially apply the requirements of the New Lease Standard at the adoption date, versus at the beginning of the earliest period 
presented,  and  recognize  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the opening balance of  retained  earnings  in  the period of  adoption.  The 
New Lease Standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company elected the transition package of 
practical  expedients,  the practical  expedient  to  not  separate  lease  and  non-lease  components  for  all of  its leases, and the short-term 
lease recognition exemption for all of its leases that qualify for it. The adoption of this guidance resulted in an addition of $3.2 million 
of total operating assets and $3.2 million of total operating lease liabilities with no income statement impact as of January 1, 2019.  

Except  as  noted  above,  the  guidance  issued  by  the  FASB is  not  expected  to have a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Company is exposed to certain market risks that exist as part of our ongoing business operations and the Company uses derivative 
financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage our foreign exchange risks. As a matter of policy, the Company does not engage 
in trading or speculative transactions. For further information on accounting policies related to derivative financial instruments, refer 
to Note 7 - “Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Foreign Exchange Risk 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  cash  flows  related  to  third-party  purchases  and  sales,  intercompany 
product shipments and intercompany loans. The Company is also exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency investments 
in subsidiaries and cash flows related to repatriation of these investments. Additionally, the Company is exposed to volatility in the 
translation  of  foreign  currency  earnings  to  U.S.  Dollars.  Primary  exposures  include  the  U.S. Dollar  when  compared  to  functional 
currencies of our major foreign subsidiaries, primarily the Euro. The Company assesses foreign currency risk based on transactional 
cash  flows,  identifies  naturally  offsetting  positions  and  purchases  hedging  instruments  to  partially  offset  anticipated  exposures.  At 
December 31, 2019, the Company had no outstanding foreign currency exchange contracts being used to hedge future sale that would 
qualify as cash flow hedges.  The Company, however, has foreign currency exchange contract to sell 3.02 billion Chilean pesos.  This 
contract is intended to hedge an intercompany receivable that PM has from its Chilean subsidiary.   This forward currency exchange 
contract has been determined not to be considered a hedge under ASC 815-10, as such aggregate changes in the translation effect of 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  changes  would  have  on  our  operating  income.  At  December 31,  2019,  the  Company  performed  a 
sensitivity analysis on the effect that exchange rate changes would have on the Company. Based on this sensitivity analysis, we have 
determined  that  a  change  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  Dollar  relative  to  currencies  outside  the  U.S.  by  10%  to  amounts  already 
incorporated  in  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019  would  have  $0.1  million  impact  on  the  translation 
effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes already included in our reported operating income for the period. 

Interest Rate Risk 

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt.  Primary  exposure  includes  movements  in  the U.S. prime  rate  and  EURIBOR.  At December 31, 2019,  the  Company  had 
approximately $59.9 million of variable interest debt with average weighted average interest rate at year end of approximately 4.6%. 
PM subsidiary had interest rate swaps on €0.001 million of its debt. The fair value of the interest rate swaps, which represents the cost 
to  settle  these  arrangements  at  December  31,  2019  was  approximately  $0.001  million.    At  December 31,  2019,  the  Company 
performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  to  determine  the  impact  of  an  increase  in  interest  rates.  Based  on  this  sensitivity  analysis,  the 
Company has determined that an increase of 10% in our average floating interest rates at December 31, 2019 would increase interest 
expense by approximately $0.3 million. 

32 

 
 
Commodities Risk 

Principal  materials  and  components  that  the  Company uses  in our various  manufacturing processes  include  steel,  castings,  engines, 
tires,  hydraulics,  cylinders,  drive  trains,  electric  controls  and  motors,  and  a  variety  of  other  commodities  and  fabricated  or 
manufactured items. Extreme movements in the cost and availability of these materials and components may affect the Company’s 
financial  performance.  Changes  to  input  costs  did  not  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  Company’s  operating  performance  in  2019. 
During 2019, raw materials and components were generally available to meet our production schedules and had no significant impact 
on 2019 revenues. 

In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from 
multiple suppliers. However, certain businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative 
suppliers of such materials may be generally available. Current and potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability 
to  meet  our  requirements  and  standards.  The  Company  actively  manages  our  material  supply  sourcing,  and  may  employ  various 
methods  to  limit  risk  associated  with  commodity  cost  fluctuations  and  availability.  The  inability  of  suppliers,  especially  any  single 
source  suppliers  for  a  particular  business,  to  deliver  materials  and  components  promptly  could  result  in  production  delays  and 
increased costs to manufacture the Company’s products. To mitigate the impact of these risks, the Company continues to search for 
acceptable alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis, including improving the globalization. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are 
filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included in this report. See the Index to Financial Statements. 

33 

 
 
 
 
The financial statements of the registrant required to be included in Item 8 are listed below: 

Index to Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms .....................................................................................................

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018...............................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.............................................

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .............................

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ..................................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ...........................................

Page 
Reference

35

39

40

41

42

43

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................................................................................................

44-84

34 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on the financial statements  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manitex International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedules included 
under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  two  years  in  the  periods  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on criteria established in the 2013 
Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(“COSO”), and our report dated March 10, 2020 expressed an adverse opinion. 

Change in accounting principle 

As discussed in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for operating 
leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). 

Basis for opinion  

These  financial  statements  are  the responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our responsibility  is  to  express  an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error 
or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Chicago, Illinois 
March 10, 2020 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Manitex International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses 
described in the following paragraphs on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  the  2013  Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there 
is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented 
or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment:  

(1)  The Company did not maintain adequate entity-level controls with respect to ensuring adequate supporting documentation for 
journal entries and review procedures with respect to journal entries and disbursements that were unusual in nature and of 
significant amounts.   

(2)  The  Company  did  not  maintain  a  formal  and  consistent  policy  for  establishing  inventory  reserves  for  excess  and  obsolete 

inventory. 

(3)  The Company did not maintain an effective control environment over information technology general controls, based on the 
criteria established in the COSO framework, to enable identification and mitigation of risks of material accounting errors. 

(4)  The  Company  historically  has  grown  through  acquisition  of  non-public  companies.  In  the  course  of  integrating  these 
companies’ financial reporting methods and systems with those of the Company, the Company has not effectively designed 
and  implemented  effective  internal  control  activities,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  the  COSO  framework  across  the 
organization.  The Company has identified deficiencies in the principles associated with the control activities component of 
the COSO framework.  Specifically, these control deficiencies constitute material weaknesses, either individually or in the 
aggregate,  relating  to  (i)  the  Company’s  ability  to  attract,  develop,  and  retain  sufficient  personnel  to  perform  control 
activities, (ii) selecting and developing control activities that contribute to the mitigation of risks and support achievement of 
objectives, (iii) deploying control activities through consistent policies that establish what is expected and procedures that put 
policies into action, and (iv) holding individuals accountable for their internal control related responsibilities. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(“PCAOB”),  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The  material 
weaknesses identified above were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 
2019  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  this  report  does  not  affect  our  report  dated  March  10,  2020,  which  expressed  an 
unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basis for opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion. 

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Other information 

We  do  not  express  an  opinion  or  any  other  form  of  assurance  on  management’s  remediation  activities  related  to  the  material 
weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.  

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Chicago, Illinois 
March 10, 2020 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and 
Shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Manitex International, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of 
December  31,  2017,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  shareholders’  equity,  and 
cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  consolidated  financial 
statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company  as  of  December  31,  2017,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2017,  in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.   

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether 
due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audit also 
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.   

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2006 through April 2018. 

/s/ UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan 
April 10, 2018 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSETS 

Current assets 
Cash 
Cash - restricted 
Marketable equity securities 
Trade receivables (net) 
Other receivables 
Inventory (net) 
Prepaid expense and other 
Total current assets 

Total fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation of $16,818 and $14,826, at December 31, 2019 and 
   2018, respectively 
Operating lease assets 
Intangible assets (net) 
Goodwill 
Other long-term assets 
Deferred tax asset 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Current liabilities 
Notes payable 
Convertible note-related party (net) 
Current portion of finance lease obligations 
Current portion of operating lease obligations 
Accounts payable 
Accounts payable related parties 
Accrued expenses 
Customer deposits 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 

Notes payable (net) 
Finance lease obligations (net of current portion) 
Non-current operating lease obligations 
Convertible note-related party (net) 
Convertible note (net) 
Deferred gain on sale of property 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Equity 

Preferred Stock—Authorized 150,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding at 
   December 31, 2019 and 2018 
Common Stock—no par value 25,000,000 shares authorized, 19,713,185 and 19,645,773 shares 
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Paid in capital 
Retained deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

$

$

$

$

23,360       $
217      
—      
35,232      
1,033      
58,734      
4,841      
123,417      

19,348      
2,274      
17,032      
32,635      
281      
415      
195,402       $

18,212       $
7,323      
476      
920      
29,974      
228      
9,325      
1,618      
68,076      

19,446      
4,584      
1,361      
—      
14,760      
667      
1,045      
5,913      
47,776      
115,852      

—      

130,710      
2,793      
(50,253 )    
(3,700 )    
79,550      
195,402       $

22,103
245
2,160
45,448
1,327
58,024
3,993
133,300

20,249
—
24,773
36,298
263
2,366
217,249

22,706
—
422
—
36,896
1,371
9,249
2,310
72,954

23,134
5,061
—
7,158
14,530
842
92
5,474
56,291
129,245

—

130,260
2,674
(41,761)
(3,169)
88,004
217,249  

39 

 
  
 
  
  
     
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
 
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Impairment of intangibles 

Total operating expenses 

Operating loss 
Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Change in fair value of securities held 
Foreign currency transaction loss 
Other income (loss) 

Total other income (expense) 

Loss before income taxes and loss in non-marketable equity interest from continuing 
   operations 
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations 
(Loss) income in equity investments, net of taxes 

Loss from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: (Note 26) 

Loss from operations of discontinued operations (including loss on disposal 
   of $1,302 in 2017) 
Income tax benefit 
Loss on discontinued operations 

Net loss 

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.

Earnings (loss) Per Share 
Basic 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.

Diluted 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

$

$

$
$

$

$
$

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

For the years ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

$ 

224,776
184,320
40,456

$

242,107
198,060
44,047

213,112
176,266
36,846

2,714
35,615
8,112
46,441
(5,985)

(4,603)
229
5,454
(844)
20
256      

(5,729)      
2,763

—   

(8,492)

—   
—   
—   

(8,492)

—   
$ 

(8,492)

2,839
35,707
5,736
44,282
(235)

(5,508)
168
(5,494)
(814)
(374)
(12,022)   

(12,257)   
511
(409)
(13,177)

—
—
—
(13,177)
—
(13,177)

$

(0.43)

$ 

(0.72)

$

— $ 
$ 

(0.43)

— $
$

(0.72)

(0.43)

$ 

(0.72)

$

— $ 
$ 

(0.43)

— $
$

(0.72)

2,564
34,547
—
37,111
(265)

(6,498)
—
—
(1,149)
367
(7,280)

(7,545)
(118)
360
(7,067)

(742)
(5)
(737)
(7,804)
(274)
(8,078)

(0.43)

(0.06)
(0.49)

(0.43)

(0.06)
(0.49)

Basic 
Diluted 

19,687,414
19,687,414

18,409,296
18,409,296

16,548,444
16,548,444  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

40 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 
(In thousands) 

Net loss: 
Other comprehensive loss 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Total comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

For the year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

(8,492) $ 

(13,177) $

(7,804)

(531)
(531)
(9,023)

—   

(2,134)
(2,134)
(15,311)
—

3,237
3,237
(4,567)
(274)

$

(9,023) $ 

(15,311) $

(4,841)

41 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

For the year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

19,645,773
72,834
(5,422)

—   
—   
—   

19,713,185

16,617,932
122,820
(13,521)
—
—
2,918,542
19,645,773

16,200,294
124,151
(22,820)
294,524
21,783
—
16,617,932

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$ 

130,260
484
(34)
—   
—   
—   
$ 

130,710

2,674

$ 
—   
119
2,793

$ 

97,661
981
(125)
—
—
31,743
130,260

2,802
14
(142)
2,674

$

$

$

$

(41,761) $ 

(8,492)

(50,253) $ 

(28,583) $
(13,177)
(41,761) $

(3,169) $ 
(531)
(3,700) $ 

(1,035) $
(2,134)
(3,169) $

— $ 
—   
—   
— $ 

— $
—
—
— $

94,324
925
(168)
2,426
154
—
97,661

2,918
11
(127)
2,802

(20,505)
(8,078)
(28,583)

(4,272)
3,237
(1,035)

25,164
(25,438)
274
—  

Number of common shares outstanding 
Balance at beginning of the year 

Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled
Shares issued under ATM program 
Stock issued in connection with asset purchase
Shares issued to Tadano (see Note 21) 

Balance end of year 

Common Stock 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled
Shares issued under ATM program 
Shares issued to pay rent 
Shares issued to Tadano 
Balance end of year 

Paid in Capital 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Proportional share of increase in equity investments paid in capital
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 

Balance end of year 

Retained Deficit 

Balance deficit at beginning of the year 

Net loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.

Deficit end of year 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Deficit at beginning of the year 

(Loss) gain on foreign currency translation 

Deficit end of year 

Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Deconsolidation of ASV 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Balance end of year 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

42 

 
  
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

2019

For the years ended December 31,
2018 

2017

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:

$

(8,492 )

$ 

(13,177)

$

Depreciation and amortization 
Changes in allowances for doubtful accounts 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Changes in inventory reserves 
Changes in deferred income taxes 
Amortization of deferred financing cost 
Revaluation of contingent acquisition liability 
Write down of goodwill 
Write down of trademark 
Write down of customer relationships 
Amortization of debt discount 
Change in value of interest rate swaps 
Loss (income) in equity investments 
Change in value of securities held 
Share-based compensation 
Deferred gain on sale and lease back 
Reserves for uncertain tax provisions 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Rent paid in stock 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventory 
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable* 
Increase (decrease) in accrued expense 
(Decrease) increase in other current liabilities 
Increase in other long-term liabilities 
Discontinued operations - cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from the sale of equity investment 
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets 
Purchase of property and equipment 
Investment in intangibles other than goodwill 
Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations - cash provided by investing activities 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Net proceeds from stock offering 
Payments on revolving term credit facilities 
Borrowings on revolving credit facility 
Net (repayments) borrowings on working capital facilities 
New borrowings- other 
Note payments 
Bank fees and cost related to new financing 
Shares repurchased for income tax withholding on share-based compensation
Proceeds from sale and leaseback 
Payments on capital lease obligations 
Discontinued operations - cash used for financing activities 

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

$

(See Note 17 for other supplemental cash flow information) 
*Includes related party activities, see Note 23. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

43 

4,702
646
34
1,253
2,285
221
—   

3,165
2,310
2,637
421
(2)
—   

(5,454 )
603
(95)
45
—   
—   

9,282
(2,395 )
(624)
125
(7,567 )
185
(519)
471
—   

3,237

7,614

—   

(1,778 )
(7)
—   
—   

5,829

—   
—   
—   

(3,852 )
588
(4,110 )
(141)
(34)
—   

(422)

—   

(7,971 )
1,095
134
22,348
23,577

$ 

4,989
10
4
2,539
(1,210 )
208
345
3,192
2,544
—
(85)
(3)
204
5,494
639
(47)
357
87
—

(296)
(7,277 )
373
(241)
2,764
(277)
(875)
742
—
1,003

7,000
8
(1,196 )
(21)
—
—
5,791

31,942
(134,993 )
122,100
(5,568 )
7
(1,922 )
(50)
(124)
—
(378)
—
11,014
17,808
(826)
5,366
22,348

$

(7,804)

5,107
20
90
1,089
(1,509)
632
(346)
—
—
—
446
(428)
(360)
—
798
(9)
49
1,290
154

(11,130)
17,068
2,641
99
(2,619)
(412)
679
24
3,508
9,077

—
15
(1,023)
(65)
12,892
(84)
11,735

2,426
(134,614)
127,550
3,397
2,600
(16,465)
(50)
(168)
896
(1,381)
(5,058)
(20,867)
(55)
107
5,314
5,366  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Note 1. Nature of Operations 

The  Company  is  a  leading  provider  of  engineered  lifting  solutions.  The  Company  operates  in  a  single  reportable  segment  and  five 
operating segments.  

The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety 
of industries. Through its Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) subsidiary it markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, truck cranes and sign 
cranes.  Manitex’s  boom  trucks  and  crane  products  are  primarily  used  for  industrial  projects,  energy  exploration  and  infrastructure 
development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes and a product range spanning more than 50 
models.  Through its consolidated subsidiaries, PM has locations in Modena, Italy; Arad, Romania; Chassieu, France; Buenos Aires, 
Argentina; Santiago, Chile; London, UK and Mexico City, Mexico. 

Valla is located in Piacenza, Italy and produces a full range of precision pick and carry industrial cranes using electric, diesel, and 
hybrid power options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed 
specifically  to  meet  the  needs  of  its  customers.  The  product  is  sold  internationally  through  dealers  and  into  the  rental  distribution 
channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc., (“Sabre”) which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with  capacities  from  8,000  to  21,000  gallons.  Its  mobile  tanks  are  sold  to 
specialized independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of 
end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

C&M and C&M Leasing are located in Bridgeview, Illinois.  C&M is a distributor of new and used Manitex branded products as well 
as Terex rough terrain and truck cranes.  C&M also provides repair services in Chicago and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium  to  heavy  duty  construction  equipment.    C&M  Leasing rents  equipment  that  is  manufactured  by  the  Company  as  well  as  a 
limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.   

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting Service Company, “SVW”), the Company had the power to direct the activities that most significantly impacted SVW’s 
economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third party 
financing, which was  effectively  guaranteed by  the  Company, on  specific  cranes  the Company  manufactured  and remitted  the  loan 
proceeds to the Company. Other than its business transactions described herein, SVW had no other substantial business operations. 
The  Company  has  determined  that  SVW  is  a  Variable  Interest  Entity  (“VIE”)  that  under  current  accounting  guidance  needs  to 
consolidate  in  the  Company’s  financial  results.  SVW  was  consolidated  into  the  Company’s  financial  results  beginning  in  the  first 
quarter  of  2016  through  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017.    By  December  31,  2017,  SVW  had  ceased  operations  and  is  therefore  not  a 
consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017. 

Discontinued Operations 

ASV  (as  defined  below)  is  located  in  Grand  Rapids,  Minnesota  manufactures  a  line  of  high-quality  compact  track  and  skid  steer 
loaders. The products are used in site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf course maintenance and landscaping industries, with 
general  construction  being  the  largest.    ASV’s  financial  results  are  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  results  beginning  on 
December 20, 2014.   

44 

  
 
 
 
 
 
Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company owned a 51% interest in ASV Holdings, Inc., which was formerly known as 
A.S.V., LLC (“ASV” or “ASV Holdings”).  On May 11, 2017, in anticipation of an initial public offering, ASV converted from an 
LLC to a C-Corporation and the Company’s 51% interest was converted to 4,080,000 common shares of ASV.  On May 17, 2017, in 
connection  with  its  initial  public  offering,  ASV  sold  1,800,000  of  its  own  shares  and  the  Company  sold  2,000,000  shares  of  ASV 
common  stock  and  reduced  its  investment  in  ASV  to  a  21.2%  interest.  ASV  was  deconsolidated  and  was  recorded  as  an  equity 
investment  starting  with  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2017.    Periods  ending  before  June  30,  2017  reflect  ASV  as  a  discontinued 
operation.  In  February  2018,  the  Company  sold  an  additional  1,000,000  shares  of  ASV  that  it  held  which  reduced  the  Company’s 
investment in ASV to approximately 11.0%.  The Company ceased accounting for its investment in ASV under the equity method and 
began  accounting  for  its  investment  as  a  marketable  equity  security.  In  September  2019,  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  ASV  to 
Yanmar American Corporation, the Company received cash merger consideration for its remaining 1,080,000 shares of ASV and no 
longer  has  an  investment  in  ASV.   Financial  information  (related  to  periods  before  June  2017)  included  in  this  10-K  reflect  ASV 
Holdings as a discontinued operation.  

Note 2. Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of 
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared 
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

Financial statements are presented in thousands of dollars except for share and per share amounts. 

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The summary of significant accounting policies of Manitex International, Inc. is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s 
financial  statements.  The  financial  statements  and  notes  are  representations  of  the  Company’s  management  who  is  responsible  for 
their  integrity  and  objectivity.  These  accounting  policies  conform  to  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  have  been 
consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements. 

Principals  of  Consolidation—The  Company  consolidates  all  entities  that  we  control  by  ownership  of  a  majority  voting  interest. 
Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a 
majority voting interest) does not apply. Generally, this occurs when an entity holds an interest in another business enterprise that was 
achieved  through  arrangements  that  do  not  involve  voting  interests,  which  results  in  a  disproportionate  relationship  between  such 
entity's  voting  interests  in,  and  its  exposure  to  the  economic  risks  and  potential  rewards  of,  the  other  business  enterprise.  This 
disproportionate relationship results in what is known as a variable interest, and the entity in which we had this interest is referred to 
as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”).  An enterprise must consolidate a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the 
VIE.  The  primary  beneficiary  had  both  (1) the  power  to  direct  the  activities  of  the  VIE  that  most  significantly  impact  the  entity's 
economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that would potentially be 
significant to the VIE. 

Although the Company did not have an ownership interest in S.V.W. Equipment Crane Company and its wholly owned subsidiary 
Rental Consulting Services Corporation (collectively “SVW”), the Company had the power to direct the activities of SVW that most 
significantly impacted its economic performance and is absorbing the losses.  As such, the Company had determined that SVW was a 
VIE that required consolidation.  SVW had obtained financing and had remitted the proceeds to the Company using inventory (cranes) 
owned by the Company as collateral.  The finance companies that held the loans had a perfected security interest in the inventory and 
therefore had recourse against this specific inventory.   Furthermore, the debt taken on by the SVW was effectively guaranteed by the 
Company pursuant to certain related agreements. By December 31, 2017, SVW ceased operations and is not a consolidated VIE after 
December 31, 2017. 

The Company eliminated from the Company’s financial results all significant intercompany transactions, including the intercompany 
transactions with consolidated VIEs.    

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities purchased 
with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash—Certain of the Company’s lending arrangements require the Company to post collateral or maintain minimum cash 
balances  in  escrow.  These  cash  amounts  are  reported  as  current  assets  on  the  balance  sheets  based  on  when  the  cash  will  be 
contractually released. Total restricted cash was $217 and $245 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Revenue  Recognition  —Revenue  is  recognized  when  obligations  under  the  terms  of  the  contract  with  our  customer  are  satisfied; 
generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of our equipment, parts or installation services (typically completed within one day), 
which occurs at a point in time.  Equipment can be redirected during the manufacturing phase such that over time revenue recognition 
is not appropriate.  Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or 
providing services.  Our contracts are non-cancellable and returns are only allowed in limited instances through Crane & Machinery, 
Inc.  Sales,  value  add,  and  other  taxes  we  collect  concurrent  with  revenue-producing  activities  are  excluded  from  revenue.  The 
expected  costs  associated  with  our  base  warranties  continue  to  be  recognized  as  expense  when  the  products  are  sold  and  do  not 
constitute a separate performance obligation.   

45 

 
 
 
 
For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately 
sells the equipment.  

In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned to that performance obligation. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

Investment—Equity  Method  of  Accounting  —  Beginning  with  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2017,  the  Company  accounted  for  its 
21.2% investment in ASV under the equity method of accounting.  Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the net income 
(loss) of ASV was recognized as income (loss) in the Company’s statement of operations and added to the investment account, and 
dividends received from ASV were treated as a reduction of the investment account. The Company reports ASV’s earnings on a one 
quarter  lag  as  ASV  may  not  report  earnings  in  time  to  be  included  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  any  given  reporting 
period.   

On May 17, 2017 (the date ASV became an equity investment), the Company’s investment in ASV exceeded the proportional share of 
ASV’s net assets. Under current applicable guidance, assets and liabilities of the investee (ASV) were valued at fair market value on 
the  date  of  the  investment.      The  Company’s  investment,  however,  was  not  adjusted  for  the  difference  between  the  Company’s 
proportional  share  of  the  net  assets  and  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  that  existed  on  the  date  that  the  investment  was  made.      The 
differences  were  accounted  for  on  a  memo  basis.    The  differences  can  be  either  of  temporary  nature  or  permanent  differences.  
Adjustment to inventory and identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are temporary differences.  Fair market adjustments to land 
and goodwill are examples of permanent differences.  Differences related to temporary items are amortized over their lives.  Earnings 
recognized are the proportional share of investee’s income for the period adjusted for reversal of any timing differences or additional 
amortization related to the memo fair market adjustments of identifiable intangible assets that have finite lives.   

Between February 26 and 28, 2018, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of ASV stock reducing the Company’s investment in ASV to 
approximately 11.0%. See Notes 11 and 26. During the quarter ended March 31, 2018, the Company:   

 

 

 

 

Recognized its proportional share of ASV loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017,   

Recorded a loss on the sale of shares, 

Ceased accounting for ASV as an equity investment, and 

Valued its remaining investment in ASV at its current market value. 

In addition, our non-marketable equity investments are investments we have made in privately-held companies accounted for under 
the equity method. We periodically review our non-marketable equity investments for impairment. In September 2019, in connection 
with the sale of ASV to Yanmar American Corporation, the Company received cash merger consideration for its remaining 1,080,000 
shares of ASV and no longer has an investment in ASV. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —Accounts receivable are stated at the amounts the Company’s customers are invoiced and do not 
bear  interest.  The  Company  has  adopted  a  policy  consistent  with  U.S.  GAAP  for  the  periodic  review  of  its  accounts  receivable  to 
determine whether the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts is warranted based on the Company’s assessment of the 
collectability of the accounts. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of $686 and $37 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. The Company also has in some instances a security interest in its accounts receivable until payment is received. 

Guarantees  —  The  Company  has  issued  partial  residual  guarantees  to  financial  institutions  related  to  a  customer  financing  of 
equipment  purchases by  the customer.    The  Company  must  assess  the probability  of losses  if  the fair  market  value  is  less  than the 
guaranteed residual value.  

46 

 
  
 
 
 
 
A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. The 
Company will record a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees issued pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460”). We recognize a loss under a guarantee when 
the  obligation  to  make  payment  under  the  guarantee  is  probable  and  the  amount  of  the  loss  can  be  estimated.  If  the  expected 
equipment value is less than its guaranteed residual value, the Company would recognize a liability for the amount of the short-fall up 
to the amount of its partial guarantee. The Company is not responsible for any short-fall in excess of its partial guarantee.   

Property, Equipment and Depreciation —Property and equipment are stated at cost or the fair market value at date of acquisition for 
property  and  equipment  acquired  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  a  company.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  is 
provided over the following useful lives: 

Asset Category 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Motor Vehicles 
Computer software 

   Depreciable Life 
12 –33 years 
3 – 15 years 
2 – 10 years 
5 – 7 years 
3 – 7 years 
3 – 5 years 

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures 
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation of property, and equipment is calculated using the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017 was $2,248, $2,220 and $2,380, respectively.  

Other  Intangible  Assets  —The  Company  accounts  for  Other  Intangible  Assets  under  the  guidance  of  ASC  350,  “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other”. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the 
purchase  price  related  to  the  Company’s  acquisitions  has  been  assigned  to  patents  or  unpatented  technology,  trade  name,  customer 
backlog,  and  customer  relationships.  Under  the  guidance,  Other  Intangible  Assets  with  definite  lives  are  amortized  over  their 
estimated  useful  lives.  Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  annually  for  impairment.  For  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2019,  there  was  impairment  of  $2,310  to  indefinite  lived  trademarks  and  $2,637  to  customer  relationships.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018 there was impairment of $2,544 related to an indefinite lived trademark. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 
there was no impairment.  

Goodwill — Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) 
and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written 
down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company does not amortize goodwill in 
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). The Company selected September 30 as the date for the required annual impairment test. In 2019, due 
to  a  triggering  event  related  to  declining  revenue  and  profitability  along  with  missed  projections  compared  to  budget,  the  valuation 
analysis was performed at September 30, 2019. In 2018, the valuation analysis was performed at December 31, 2018.  

For 2019 and 2018, the Company evaluated goodwill using the quantitative step one approach. In 2019 and 2018, goodwill is tested 
for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  defined  as  an  operating  segment  or  a  component  of  an  operating  segment  that 
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and operating results 
are regularly reviewed by our chief operating decision maker. For 2019 and 2018, we have five operating segments: Manitex, Badger, 
PM/Valla,  Sabre  and  C&M.  All  operating  segments  are  comprised  of  one  reporting  unit.  Only  Manitex,  PM/Valla  and  Sabre  were 
tested for goodwill impairment as Badger and C&M have no goodwill. In 2019, goodwill was impaired at PM of $315 and Sabre of 
$2,850. In 2018, the Company had net impairment of $3,192 million at our PM/Valla operating segment.  

For 2017, goodwill was tested at the fully consolidated level excluding discontinued operations, as the Company was operating in a 
single operating segment.   

Under ASC350, entities are provided with the option of first performing a qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting 
units  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If  after 
completing a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying value a quantitative analysis is required. 

47 

 
 
  
 
For 2017, the Company evaluated its consolidated goodwill using the quantitative two step approach. The first step used to identify 
potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. During the 
first  step  testing,  the  Company  evaluates  goodwill  for  impairment  using  a  business  valuation  method,  which  is  calculated  as  of  a 
measurement  date  by  determining  the  present  value  of  debt-free,  after-tax  projected  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  weighted 
average  cost  of  capital  of  a  historical  third-party  buyer.  The  market  approach  was  also  considered  in  evaluating  the  potential  for 
impairment by calculating fair value based on multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of 
comparable,  publicly  traded companies. The  Company  also  observed  implied  EBITDA  multiples  from relatively  recent  merger  and 
acquisition activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of 
the  goodwill,  an  impairment  charge  is  recorded  for  the  excess. An  impairment  loss  cannot  exceed  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill 
assigned to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

For 2017, the first step did not indicate any impairment of goodwill.    

The  determination  of  fair  value  requires  the  Company  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and 
assumptions  primarily  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  revenue  growth  and  operating  earnings  projections,  discount  rates,  terminal 
growth rates, and required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market 
share in North America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks.  If our progress in 
meeting these and other assumptions is slower or different than what was anticipated, it may impact our ability to meet the projections.  
Due  to  the  inherent  uncertainty  involved  in  making  these  estimates,  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  estimates. 
Deterioration in the market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting near term projections) may result 
in impairment in the near term. In the event the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in the future the Company would need 
to recognize a non-cash impairment charge.   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of its long-lived assets, including intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  value. Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  for  future  sales  levels,  the  impact  of  cost 
reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized 
would  be  calculated  as  the  difference  between  estimated  fair  value  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset.  The  Company  considered 
declining revenue and profitability along with missed projections compared to budget along with actual results to be triggering events 
and  as  such  a  valuation  analysis  was  performed.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  there  was  impairment  of  $2,310  to  an 
indefinite  lived  trademark  and  $2,637  to  customer  relationships. The  Company  recognized  $2,544  of  impairment  charges  on 
trademark for the year ended December 31, 2018 but did not have any impairment for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

Inventory —Inventory consists of stock materials and equipment stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or net realizable value. 
All equipment classified as inventory is available for sale. The company records excess and obsolete inventory reserves. The estimated 
reserve  is  based  upon  specific  identification  of  excess  or  obsolete  inventories.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  are 
expensed as incurred and are not capitalized as a component of inventory. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions —The financial statements of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated 
using the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the weighted-average exchange rate for the year for income and expense 
items.  Resulting  translation  adjustments  are  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI)  as  a  component  of 
shareholders’ equity. 

The Company converts receivables and payables denominated in other than the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate as 
of  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  resulting  transaction  exchange  gains  or  losses,  except  for  certain  transaction  gains  or  loss  related  to 
intercompany  receivable  and  payables,  are  included  in  other  income  and  expense.  Transaction  gains  and  losses  related  to 
intercompany receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of 
net  income  and  are  recorded  as  a  translation  adjustment  (with  consideration  to  the  tax  effect)  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income (OCI) as a component of shareholders’ equity. 

48 

  
Derivatives—Forward Currency Exchange Contracts —When the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts it does 
so in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities that are being hedged which are denominated in 
other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  would  be  offset  by  the  changes  in  the  market  value  of  the  forward  currency 
exchange  contracts  it  holds. The  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  that  the  Company  has  to offset  existing  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency have been determined not to be considered a hedge under ASC 815-
10. The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its market value with any associated 
gain or loss being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related to forward currency contracts are 
included  in  current  earnings and  are reflected  in  the Statement  of Operations  in  the  other  income  expense  section on  the  line titled 
foreign currency transaction gain (loss). 

The  forward  currency  contracts  to  hedge  future  sales  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  under  ASC  815-10.  As  required,  forward 
currency contracts are recognized as an asset or liability at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For derivative 
instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as 
a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period or periods during which  the  hedged 
transaction  affects  earnings  (date  of  sale).  Gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  when  recognized  into  income  are  included  in  net 
revenues. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts—The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured  to  their  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  current  earnings 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case the effective portion of the gain 
or loss is recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period 
or periods during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was 
acquired  on  January 15,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  which  manage  the  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk 
related  to  term  loans  with  certain  financial  institutions  in  Italy.  These  contracts  have  been  determined  not  to  be  hedge  instruments 
under ASC 815-10. 

Credit Risk Concentrations — Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist 
primarily of cash, trade receivables and payables. The Company maintains its cash balances principally at a bank located in Chicago, 
Illinois as well as several separate Italian banks. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had uninsured balances of $23,327 
and  $22,098,  respectively.  Revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  included  one  customer,  Rush  Truck  Center  that 
represented  approximately  12.0%  of  total  revenue.    No  other  customer  represented  more  than  10%  of  revenues  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017. In 2019 and 2018, no one customer accounted for 10% or more of total company’s revenues.   

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no customers accounted for 10% or more of total Company’s accounts receivable. 

For 2019, 2018 and 2017 purchases from any single supplier did not exceed 10% of total purchases. 

Research and Development Expenses— The Company expenses research and development costs, as incurred. For the periods ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 expenses were $2,714, $2,839 and $2,564, respectively. 

Advertising  —Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  were  $983,  $572  and  $994  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Retirement Benefit Costs and Termination Benefits —Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. Employees in Italy are entitled to Trattamento di 
Fine  Rapporto  (“TFR”),  commonly  referred  to  as  an  employee  leaving  indemnity,  which  represents  deferred  compensation  for 
employees in the private sector. Under Italian law, an entity is obligated to accrue for TFR on an individual employee basis payable to 
each individual upon termination of employment (including both voluntary and involuntary dismissal). 

Litigation Claims —In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel. 

Accounting  for  Marketable  Equity  Securities—  Marketable  equity  securities  are  valued  at  fair  market  value  based  on  the  closing 
price of the stock on the date of the balance sheet.  Gains and loss related fair value adjustments related to marketable equity securities 
are recorded into income each reporting period. 

49 

    
 
 
Shipping and Handling —The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost 
incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales. 

Adoption of Highly Inflationary Accounting in Argentina— GAAP guidance requires the use of highly inflationary accounting for 
countries  whose  cumulative  three-year  inflation  exceeds  100  percent.  In  the  second  quarter  of  2018,  published  inflation  indices 
indicated  that  the  three-year  cumulative  inflation  in  Argentina  exceeded  100  percent,  and  as  of  July  1,  2018,  we  elected  to  adopt 
highly  inflationary  accounting  for  our  subsidiary  in  Argentina  (“PM  Argentina”).  Under  highly  inflationary  accounting,  PM 
Argentina’s  functional  currency  became  the  Euro  (its  parent  company’s  reporting  currency),  and  its  income  statement  and  balance 
sheet have been measured in Euros using both current and historical rates of exchange. The effect of changes in exchange rates on 
peso-denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  has  been  reflected  in  earnings  in  other  (income)  and  expense,  net  and  was  not 
material.  As of December 31, 2019, PM Argentina had a small net peso monetary position. Net sales of PM Argentina were less than 
5 percent of our consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  certain  reported  amounts  and  disclosures. 
Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Income  Taxes  —  The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  the  provisions  of  ASC  740  “Income  Taxes,”  which  requires 
recognition  of  income  taxes  based  on  amounts  payable  with  respect  to  the  current  year  and  the  effects  of  deferred  taxes  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this 
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of 
assets and liabilities, as well as for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which 
the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-
not a tax benefit will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more 
likely  than not  that  some  portion or all  of  the deferred  tax  assets will  be  realized.  The  ultimate  realization of  deferred  tax  assets is 
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. See Note 16, 
Income Taxes, for further details. 

The  Jobs  Act  also  establishes  Global  Intangible  Low-Taxed  Income  (“GILTI”)  provisions  that  impose  a  tax  on  foreign  income  in 
excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as 
incurred, therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI 
inclusion upon reversal. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return,  as  well  as  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company records interest and penalties related to income tax 
matters in the provision for income taxes. 

Accrued Warranties —Warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s products are typically sold with 
a  warranty  covering  defects  that  arise  during  a  fixed  period  of  time.  The  specific  warranty  offered  is  a  function  of  customer 
expectations and competitive forces. The Equipment Distribution segment does not accrue for warranty costs at the time of sales, as 
they are reimbursed by the manufacturers for any warranty that they provide to their customers. 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warranty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. The current provision may be adjusted to take into 
account  unusual  or  non-recurring  events  in  the  past  or  anticipated  changes  in  future  warranty  claims.  Adjustments  to  the  initial 
warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to 
ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability. 

Debt Issuance Costs —Debt issuance costs incurred in securing the Company’s financing arrangements are capitalized and amortized 
over  the  term  of  the  associated  debt.  Deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  long-term  debt  are  presented  in  the  balance  sheet  as 
direct deduction from  the  carrying  amount of  that  debt  liability,  consistent with  debt discount.   Deferred  financing costs  associated 
with revolving lines of credit are included with other long-term assets on the Company’s balance sheet. 

Sale  and  Leaseback  —In  accordance  with ASC 842-10  Sales-Leaseback  Transactions, the  Company  has  recorded deferred gain  in 
relationship to the sale and leaseback of one of the Company’s operating facilities and on certain equipment.   As such, the gains have 
been deferred and are being amortized on a straight- line basis over the life of the leases. 

50 

 
Computation  of  EPS  —Basic  Earnings  per  Share  (“EPS”)  was  computed  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average 
number of common shares outstanding during the period. 

The number of shares related to options, warrants, restricted stock, convertible debt and similar instruments included in diluted EPS 
(“EPS”) is based on the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in ASC 260-10, Earnings per Share. This method assumes theoretical 
repurchase  of  shares  using  proceeds  of  the  respective  stock  option  or  warrant  exercised,  and  for  restricted  stock  the  amount  of 
compensation cost attributed to future services which has not yet been recognized and the amount of current and deferred tax benefit, 
if  any,  that  would  be  credited  to  additional  paid  in  capital  upon  the  vesting  of  the  restricted  stock,  at  a  price  equal  to  the  issuer’s 
average  stock  price  during  the  related  earnings  period.  Accordingly,  the  number  of  shares  includable  in  the  calculation  of  EPS  in 
respect  of  the  stock  options,  warrants,  restricted  stock,  convertible  debt  and  similar  instruments  is  dependent  on  this  average  stock 
price and will increase as the average stock price increases. 

Stock Based Compensation —In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation, share-based payments to employees, 
including  grants  of  restricted  stock  units,  are  measured  at  fair  value  as  of  the  date  of  grant  and  are  expensed  in  the  consolidated 
statement of income over the service period (generally the vesting period). 

Comprehensive  Income  —  “Reporting  Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components.  Comprehensive  income  includes,  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  other  items  that  are  reported  as  direct  adjustments  to 
shareholder’s  equity.  Currently,  the  comprehensive  income  adjustment  required  for  the  Company  is  a  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustment, the result of consolidating its foreign subsidiary.  

For  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges,  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 
derivative  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  or  periods 
during which the hedged transaction affects earnings (date of sale). See Note 7 for additional details. 

Reclassifications  —A  reclassification  was  made  to  properly  reflect  certain  accounts  as  prepaid  expenses  which  were  previously 
recorded in other receivables and deferred financing fees. This resulted in reclasses of $1,047 out of other receivables and $1,307 out 
of deferred financing fees into prepaid expenses in 2018 to align with 2019.      

Business  Combinations  —The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC 805,  Business 
Combinations. The guidance requires consideration given, including contingent consideration, assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
to  be  valued  at  their  fair  market  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  guidance  further  provides  that:  (1) in-process  research  and 
development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as 
incurred, (3) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; 
and (4) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect 
income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed  be  recognized  as  goodwill.  In  accordance  with  ASC  805,  any  excess  of  fair  value  of  acquired  net  assets,  including 
identifiable  intangibles  assets,  over  the  acquisition  consideration  results  in  a  bargain  purchase  gain.  Prior  to  recording  a  gain,  the 
acquiring entity must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-
measurements to verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

Note 4. Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied; generally, this occurs with the 
transfer  of  control  of  our  equipment,  parts  or  installation  services  (typically  completed  within  one  day),  which  occurs  at  a  point  in 
time.  Equipment  can  be  redirected  during 
is  not 
the  manufacturing  phase  such 
appropriate.  Revenue  is  measured  as  the  amount  of  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for  transferring  goods  or 
providing services.  Our contracts are non-cancellable and returns are only allowed in limited instances through Crane & Machinery, 
Inc.  Sales,  value  add,  and  other  taxes  we  collect  concurrent  with  revenue-producing  activities  are  excluded  from  revenue.  The 
expected  costs  associated  with  our  base  warranties  continue  to  be  recognized  as  expense  when  the  products  are  sold  and  do  not 
constitute a separate performance obligation.   

time  revenue  recognition 

that  over 

For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately 
sells the equipment.  

51 

  
 
In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned to that performance obligation. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

The following table disaggregates our sources of revenues for the years indicated (ended December 31): 

Boom trucks, knuckle boom & truck cranes
Rough terrain cranes 
Mobile tanks 
Installation services 
Other equipment 
Part sales 

Total Revenue 

Equipment sales 
Part sales 
Installation services 
Total Revenue 

2019 

2018 

155,562      $ 
10,077        
9,100        
6,295        
15,344        
28,398        
224,776      $ 

175,895
7,384
11,413
4,134
14,547
28,734
242,107

2019 

2018 

190,083      $ 
28,398        
6,295        
224,776      $ 

209,239
28,734
4,134
242,107  

$

$

$

$

52 

 
  
    
 
  
         
  
    
 
 
The  Company  attributes revenue  to different  geographic areas  based on  where  items  are  shipped  to or  services  are  performed.  The 
following table provides details of revenues by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

2019 

2018 

2017 

United States 
Canada 
Italy 
France 
Other 
Chile 
Argentina 
United Kingdom 
Spain 
Germany 
Finland 
Czech Republic 
Netherlands 
Mexico 
Peru 
Malaysia 
Qatar 
United Arab Emirates 
Israel 
Hong Kong 
Indonesia 
Denmark 
Ukraine 
Ireland 
Romania 
Martinique 
Kuwait 
South Africa 
Turkey 
Singapore 
Saudi Arabia 
Morocco 
Russia 
Bahrain 
Thailand 
Australia 
Uzbekistan 
Switzerland 
Trinidad and Tobago 
Columbia 
Guadeloupe 
Hungry 
Greece 
Sweden 
Taiwan 
Oman 
Portugal 
Estonia 
Poland 
Bulgaria 
Norway 
Lebanon 
New Zealand 
Brazil 
Algeria 

$

   $

$

116,788
17,604
25,819
7,614
9,506
10,099
6,272
6,089
4,693
3,402
2,709
1,425
1,073
2,760
1,629
403
1
339
907
1,502
179
171
97
537
1,233
304
1
20
294
843
64
302
38
59
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
224,776    $

124,060       $ 
24,516         
20,402         
9,826         
8,158         
8,297         
8,214         
8,117         
5,226         
4,805         
3,623         
2,352         
1,413         
1,372         
1,102         
875         
807         
749         
711         
708         
534         
505         
464         
464         
406         
402         
357         
214         
211         
195         
188         
162         
158         
145         
56         
48         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
634         
501         
750         
—         
—         
—         
380         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
242,107       $ 

102,718
18,205
18,759
6,085
2,708
7,919
16,101
6,985
4,243
3,166
2,793
1,431
893
1,642
439
804
—
773
3,660
871
615
681
693
410
362
304
173
1,082
202
1,138
683
425
554
—
267
157
1,387
429
425
348
312
307
303
261
229
163
156
151
151
125
125
88
81
74
56
213,112  

53 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Customer Deposits 

At times, the Company may require an upfront deposit related to its contracts.  In instances where an upfront deposit has been received 
by the Company and the revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the Company records a contract liability in the form of a 
customer deposit, which is classified as a short-term liability on the balance sheet.  That customer deposit is revenue that is deferred 
until the revenue recognition criteria have been met, at which time, the customer deposit is recognized into revenue. 

The following table summarizes changes in customer deposits for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Customer deposits at January 1, 
Revenue recognized from customer deposits
Additional customer deposits received where revenue has not yet been 
   recognized 
Effect of change in exchange rates 

Customer deposits at December 31,

$

$

2019 

2018 

2,310      $ 
(7,151 )      

2,242
(10,547)

6,614        
(155 )      
1,618      $ 

10,839
(224)
2,310  

54 

 
 
  
     
 
 
Note 5. Earnings per Common Share 

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 
the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of restricted stock units. Details of the calculations are as follows: 

Net loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Loss from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations: 

Income from operations of discontinued 
   operations, net of income taxes
Loss attributable to noncontrolling 
   interest 

Income from operations of discontinued 
   operations, net of income taxes attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of 
   income taxes

Loss from discontinued operations attributable 
   Shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.

Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex
   International, Inc. 

Loss per share 

Basic 

Loss from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.
Earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of income taxes
Loss on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of 
   income taxes 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Diluted 

Loss from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.
Earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of income taxes
Loss on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of 
   income taxes 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic 
Diluted 
Basic 
Dilutive effect of warrants 
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

(8,492) $

(13,177 )   $ 

(7,067)

—

—

—

—

—

—       

553

—       

(274)

—       

279

—       

(1,290)

—       

(1,011)

(8,492) $

(13,177 )   $ 

(8,078)

(0.43) $

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.43)

— $

—     $ 

0.02

— $

—     $ 

(0.08)

(0.43) $

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.49)

(0.43) $

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.43)

— $

—     $ 

0.02

— $

—     $ 

(0.08)

(0.43) $

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.49)

19,687,414

18,409,296        16,548,444

19,687,414
—
—
19,687,414

18,409,296        16,548,444
—
—
18,409,296        16,548,444  

—       
—       

There are 177,706, 136,035 and 204,072 restricted stock units which are anti-dilutive and therefore are not included in the average 
number of diluted shares shown above for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

55 

 
  
 
  
 
   
    
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
 
The  following  securities  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  as  their  effect  would  have  been 
antidilutive: 

Unvested restricted stock units 
Options to purchase common stock 
Convertible subordinated notes 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 
198,717
97,437
1,549,451
1,845,605

72,874       
47,437       

2017 
168,763
—
1,549,451        1,549,451
1,669,762        1,718,214  

Note 6. Fair Value Measurements  

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value by level with the fair 
value hierarchy.  As required by ASC 820-10, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Except as noted the below assets and liabilities are valued at fair market on a 
recurring basis.  

The following is a summary of items that the Company measured at fair value during the periods: 

Liabilities: 
PM contingent liabilities 
Valla contingent consideration 
Forward currency exchange contracts 

Total liabilities at fair value 

Asset: 
Marketable securities 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Total current assets at fair value 

Liabilities: 
PM contingent liabilities 
Valla contingent consideration 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Total liabilities at fair value 

Liabilities: 
Balance at December 31, 2018 
Effect of change in exchange rates 
Balance at December 31, 2019 

Fair Value at December 31, 2019 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

— $
—
—
— $

—  $ 
—    
99    
99  $ 

314     $
205     
—     
519     $

314
205
99
618

Fair Value at December 31, 2018 

2,160
—
2,160

$

$

— $
—
—
— $

—  $ 
91    
91  $ 

—  $ 
—    
2    
2  $ 

—     $
—     
—     $

321     $
210     
—     
531     $

2,160
91
2,251

321
210
2
533  

$

$

$

$

$

$

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant 
Unobservable Inputs (level 3)
Valla 
Contingent 

PM Contingent
Liability

$

$

321
(7)
314

$

Consideration      
$

210      $
(5 )      
205      $

Total 

531
(12)
519  

In 2018,  the fair  value  of  PM  contingent  liabilities  a  Level  3 item  was  based on  an option pricing framework,  more  specifically,  a 
Monte Carlo simulation.  The original fair value of Valla contingent consideration was also determined was using an option pricing 
framework more specifically a Monte Carlo simulation at the acquisition date. 

The Company has qualitatively evaluated the Valla contingent liability from the date of acquisition.   

The carrying value of the amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and 
short-term  variable  debt,  including  any  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facilities  and  working  capital 
borrowing, approximate fair value due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding. 

56 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
    
 
   
     
  
   
     
  
   
     
  
 
   
     
 
  
     
  
       
  
      
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
The book and fair value of the Company’s term debt was $22,931 and $22,931 for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, 
and  $26,871  and  $26,871  for  the  year  ending  December 31,  2018,  respectively.  The  book  and  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  capital 
leases  was  $5,060  and  $6,295  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  respectively  and  $5,482  and  $6,925  for  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2018, respectively. There is no difference between the book value and the fair value for amount recorded in connection 
with a long-term legal settlement, which was $809 and $851 for the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Fair Value Measurements 

ASC 820-10 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy: 

Level 1  -   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets 

or liabilities; 

Level 2  -   Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially 

the full term of the asset or liability; and

Level 3  -   Prices  or  valuation  techniques  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and 

unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity)

Fair value of the forward currency contracts is determined on the last day of each reporting period using observable inputs, which are 
supplied to the Company by the foreign currency trading operation of its bank and are Level 2 items. 

Note 7. Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company’s risk management objective is to use the most efficient and effective methods available to us to minimize, eliminate, 
reduce  or  transfer  the  risks  which  are  associated  with  fluctuation  of  exchange  rates  between  the  Euro,  Chilean  Peso  and  the  U.S. 
dollar. 

Forward Currency Contracts 

When  the  Company  receives  a  significant  order  in  other  than  the  operating  unit’s  functional  currency,  management  may  evaluate 
different options that are available to mitigate future currency exchange risks. The decision to hedge future sales is not automatic and 
is decided case by case. The Company only uses hedge instruments to hedge firm existing sales orders and not estimated exposure, 
when management determines that exchange risks exceed desired risk tolerance levels. The forward currency contracts used to hedge 
future sales are designated as cash flow hedges under ASC 815-10 provided certain criteria are met. For derivative instruments that are 
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of 
other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects 
earnings  (date of sale). Gains  or  losses  on  cash flow  hedges  when  recognized  into  income  are  included  in net  revenues. Gains  and 
losses on the derivative instruments representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of 
effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. The Company expects minimal ineffectiveness as the Company has hedged only firm 
sales orders and has not hedged estimated exposures.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had no outstanding forward currency 
contracts  that  were  in  place  to  hedge  future  sales.  Therefore,  there  are  currently  no  unrealized  pre-tax  gains  or  loss  which  will 
reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months.   

In addition, the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on 
the  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  would  be  offset  by  the  changes  in  the 
market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. The forward currency exchange contracts that the Company has to 
offset existing assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency have been determined not to be 
considered a hedge under ASC 815-10. The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its 
market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related 
to  forward  currency  contracts  are  included  in  current  earnings  and  are  reflected  in  the  Statement  of  Income  in  the  other  income 
expense  section  on  the  line  titled  foreign  currency  transaction  gains  (losses).  Items  denominated  in  other  than  a  reporting  unit 
functional currency include certain intercompany receivables due from the Company’s Italian subsidiaries and accounts receivable and 
accounts payable of our Italian subsidiaries and their subsidiaries. 

PM Group has an intercompany receivable denominated in Euros from its Chilean subsidiary.  At December 31, 2019, the Company 
had  entered  into  two forward  currency  exchange  contracts  that  matures on  February  14,  2020.   Under  the  contract  the  Company  is 
obligated to sell 2,900,000 Chilean pesos for 3,349 euros. The Company has a second contract which obligates the Company to sell 
120,000  Chilean  pesos  for  $153.  The  purpose  of  the  forward  contract  is  to  mitigate  the  income  effect  related  to  this  intercompany 
receivable that results with a change in exchange rate between the Euro and the Chilean peso. 

57 

    
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swap Contracts 

The Company uses financial instruments available on the market, including derivatives, solely to minimize its cost of borrowing and 
hedge the risk of interest rate and exchange rate fluctuation. In January 2009, prior to the January 15, 2015 acquisition date, PM Group 
entered into contracts in order to hedge the interest rate risk related to its term loans.       

A contract was signed by PM Group, for an original notional amount of € 482 (€ 85 at December 31, 2019), maturing on October 1, 
2020 with interest paid monthly.   PM pays interest at a rate of 3.90% and receives from the counterparty’s interest at the “Euribor” 
rate for the period in question if greater than 0.90%. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had the following forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps: 

Nature of Derivative 
Forward currency sales 
   contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Currency 
  Chilean peso 

  Euro 

Amount 

3,020,000

Type 
Not designated as hedge instrument

85 Not designated as hedge instrument

The  following  table  provides  the  location  and  fair  value  amounts  of  derivative  instruments  that  are  reported  in  the  Consolidated 
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Total derivatives not designated as a hedge instrument 

Asset Derivatives 
Foreign currency exchange contracts 
Total derivative assets 
Liabilities Derivatives 
Foreign currency Exchange Contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total derivative liabilities 

Balance Sheet Location 

  Prepaid expense and other

Accrued expense
Notes payable-Short term

Fair Value 
As of December 31, 
2018 
2019 

  $ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

—     $ 
—     $ 

99     $ 
—       
99     $ 

91
91

—
2
2  

The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Derivatives not designated as Hedge Instrument 

Forward currency contracts 

Interest rate swap contracts 

Total derivatives (loss) gain 

Location of gain or 
(loss) recognized 
in Income Statement

  Foreign currency 
transaction (losses) 
gains
Interest (expense) 
income

Years ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

$

(191) $ 

(205 )   $ 

2
(189) $ 

(4 )     
(209 )   $ 

15

1
16  

During 2019, 2018 and 2017, there were no forward currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges.  As such, all gains and loss 
related to forward currency contracts during 2019 and 2018 were recorded in current earnings and did not impact other comprehensive 
income. 

58 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
  
    
  
      
  
 
  
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8. Inventory 

The components of inventory at December 31, are summarized as follows: 

Raw materials and purchased parts
Work in process 
Finished goods and replacement parts
Inventories, net 

2019 

2018 

35,978    $ 
5,870      
16,886      
58,734    $ 

38,192 
5,360 
14,472 
58,024  

$

$

The Company has established reserves for obsolete and excess inventory of $8,158 and $5,967 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. 

Note 9. Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively: 

Land 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Computer software & equipment
Motor vehicles 
Construction in progress 

Totals 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

Net property and equipment

2019 

2018 

4,131    $ 
14,041      
12,290      
2,146      
1,445      
1,342      
426      
345      
36,166      
(16,818)     
19,348    $ 

4,216  
14,231  
11,648  
1,704  
1,122  
1,240  
777  
137  
35,075  
(14,826 )
20,249   

$

$

Depreciation expense was $2,248 (net of $80 amortization of deferred gain on building), $2,220 (net of $80 amortization of deferred 
gain on building), and $2,380 (net of $80 amortization of deferred gain on building) in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See Note 
14 for information regarding capital leases. 

Note 10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The  Company  accounts  for  Other  Intangible  Assets  under  the  guidance  in  ASC  350,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other.  Under  the 
guidance  intangible  assets  with  definite  lives  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  Indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  are 
subject  to  annual  impairment  testing.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  there  was  impairment  charge  of  $2,310  related  to  an 
indefinite  lived  trademark,  impairment  charge  of  $2,637  related  to  customer  relationship,  and  $3,165  net  impairment  charge  to 
goodwill. For the year ended December 31, 2018, there was an impairment charge of $2,544 related to an indefinite lived trademark 
and  $3,192  net  impairment  charge  to  goodwill.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  there  was  no  impairment  charge.   The 
Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the 
Company’s  acquisitions  has  been  assigned  to  patents  or  unpatented  technology,  trade  name,  customer  backlog  and  customer 
relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted cash flow approach. Intangibles, except 
goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. 

59 

 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31: 

2019 

2018 

Patented and unpatented technology 
Amortization 
Customer relationships 
Amortization 

Trade names and trademarks 
Amortization 
Non-competition agreements 
Amortization 
Customer backlog 
Amortization 
Total Intangible assets 

$

$

$

17,963
(13,499)
18,602
(10,968)

7,415
(2,481)
50
(50)
370
(370)
17,032

$

18,111     
(12,762 )   
23,301     
(11,419 )   

9,828     
(2,286 )   
50     
(50 )   
370     
(370 )   
24,773     

     Useful Lives 
10 years

5-20 years

25 years -
Indefinite

2-5 years

< 1 year

Amortization  expense  was  $2,454,  $2,769  and  $2,727  for  the  periods  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  The 
weighted average amortization period for definite lived intangibles was 7 years for patented and unpatented technology, 6 years for 
customer relationships, and 12 years for trade names and trademarks.  

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years and subsequent is as follows: 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
And subsequent 

Total intangibles currently to be amortized
Intangibles with indefinite lives not amortized

Total intangible assets

Changes in the Company’s goodwill are as follows: 

Balance December 31, 2017 
Goodwill impairment 
Reclass to deferred tax liability
Effects of change in exchange rate
Balance December 31, 2018 
Goodwill impairment 
Effects of change in exchange rate
Balance December 31, 2019 

Amount 

2,108   
2,108   
2,108   
2,100   
2,052   
3,970   
14,446   
2,586   
17,032   

Goodwill 

43,569   
(3,212 ) 
(2,557 ) 
(1,502 ) 
36,298   
(3,165 ) 
(498 ) 
32,635   

$

$

$

$
$

$

The  Company  performed  its  annual  impairment  assessment  as  of  September  30,  2019,  prior  to  its  annual  October  1,  2019 
measurement  date.  The  Company’s  policy  is  to  assess  the  realizability  of  its  intangible  assets,  and  to  evaluate  such  assets  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or group of assets) may not 
be  recoverable. Impairment  is  determined  to  exist  if  the  estimated  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  are  less  than  the  carrying 
value. Future cash flow projections include assumptions for future sales levels, the impact of cost reduction programs, and the level of 
working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated as the difference 
between  the  estimated  fair  value  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset. At  September  30,  2019,  the  Company  considered  declining 
revenue and profitability along with missed projections and a decrease in its market capitalization to be a triggering event and as such 
a  valuation  analysis  was  performed  and  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  were  determined  to  be  impaired,  and  as  such  non-cash 
impairment  charges  were  made  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  and  shown  separately  on  the  income  statement  as 
impairment  of  intangibles.  Goodwill  was  impaired  at  Sabre  and  PM/Valla  in  the  amount  of  $2,850  and  $315,  respectively. At 
September 30, 2019, intangible assets were impaired at Sabre and PM/Valla in the amount of $3,723 and $1,224, respectively. During 

60 

  
  
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
the fourth quarter of 2018, there was a significant decline in the U.S. stock markets and specifically our stock declined from a closing 
price of $9.64 at October 1, 2018 to a closing price of $5.68 at December 31, 2018.  Subsequent to December 31, stock markets in 
general rebounded from the December lows.  The Company’s stock priced increased as well, but not to the same levels as the general 
market or our previous averages for the year.  The Company considered this sustained market capitalization decrease to be a triggering 
event and as such reevaluated goodwill impairment at December 31, 2018.  In order to more closely align the estimated fair values of 
our  reporting  units  to  our  overall  market  capitalization,  an  increase  to  our  risk  premium  utilized  within  our  discounted  cash  flows 
analysis was applied, resulting in an impairment charge of $3,212, to our PM reporting unit. 

11. Equity Method Investments 

The Company accounted for its investment in ASV during the period (May 17, 2017 to February 26, 2018) that it owned 21.2% of 
ASV  as  an  equity  method  investment.      Under  the  equity  method,  the  Company’s  share  of  the  net  income  (loss)  of  ASV  was 
recognized as income (loss) in the Company’s statement of operations and added to investment account, and dividends received from 
ASV were treated as a reduction of the investment account.  The Company reported ASV’s earnings on a one quarter lag as ASV may 
not report earnings in time to be included in the Company’s financial statements for any given reporting period.   During the quarter 
ended  March  31,  2018,  the  Company  recorded  its  proportional  share  of  ASV’s  loss  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2017  and 
recorded amortization related temporary differences.    

The following tables present ASV summary income statement information: 

For the three 
months ended      
  December 31, (2)     
2017 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income 

$

Net income attributable to the Company (1)
Amortization of FMV adjustment
Income recognized by the Company
__________________ 
(1) Represents 21.2% of ASV Holdings loss for the quarter ended December 31, 2017. 

$

(2) The Company's policy is to record our earnings based on a one quarter lag. 

30,455     
4,146     
(796 )   

(169 )   
(35 )   
(204 )   

Between  February  26  and  28,  2018,  the  Company  sold  1,000,000  shares  of  ASV  stock,  reducing  the  Company’s  investment  to 
approximately  11.0%,  and  ceased  accounting  for  its  investment  in  ASV  as  an  equity  method  investment.  In  September  2019,  in 
connection with the sale of ASV to Yanmar American Corporation, the Company received cash merger consideration for its remaining 
1,080,000 shares of ASV and no longer has an investment in ASV. See Note 26, Discontinued Operations. 

Note 12. Accrued Expenses 

Accrued payroll 
Accrued employee benefits 
Accrued bonuses 
Accrued vacation expense 
Accrued interest 
Accrued commissions 
Accrued expenses—other 
Accrued warranty 
Accrued taxes other than income taxes
Accrued product liability and workers compensation claims

Total accrued expenses 

$

$

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

961    $ 
831      
797      
1,262      
932      
366      
685      
1,624      
1,333      
534      
9,325    $ 

1,195 
951 
146 
1,274 
723 
424 
1,038 
2,004 
1,243 
251 
9,249  

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
  
     
    
    
    
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
     
 
 
Note 13. Revolving Term Credit Facilities and Debt 

U.S.  Credit Facilities  

At  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  and  its  U.S.  subsidiaries  have  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  as  amended,  (the  “Loan 
Agreement”) with CIBC  Bank  USA  (“CIBC”),  formerly  known  as  “The  Private  Bank  and  Trust  Company”.    The  Loan  Agreement 
provides a revolving credit facility extending the maturity date from July 20, 2021 to July 20, 2023.   The aggregate amount of the 
facility increased from $25,000 to $30,000.  

The maximum borrowing available to the Company under the Loan Agreement is limited to: (1) 85% of eligible receivables; plus (2) 
50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value subject to a $20,000 limit; plus (3) 80% of eligible used 
equipment, as defined, valued at the lower of cost or market subject to a $2,000 limit; plus (4) 50% of eligible Mexico receivables (as 
defined) valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value subject to a $400 limit.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the maximum the 
Company  could  borrow  based  on  available  collateral  was  $27,600  and  $24,500,  respectively.  At  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  the 
Company had no borrowings under this facility.   The indebtedness under the Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of 
the Company’s assets, except for certain assets of the Company’s subsidiaries. 

The Loan Agreement provides that the Company can opt to pay interest on the revolving credit at either a base rate plus a spread, or a 
LIBOR rate plus a spread.  The base rate spread ranges from 0.00% to 0.50% depending on the Borrower’s Adjusted Excess Availability 
(as  defined  in  the  Loan  Agreement).    The  LIBOR  spread  ranges  from  1.75%  to  2.25%  also  depending  on  the  Adjusted  Excess 
Availability.   Funds borrowed under the LIBOR option can be borrowed for periods of one, two, or three months and are limited to four 
LIBOR contracts outstanding at any time. In addition, CIBC assesses a 0.375% unused line fee that is payable monthly. 

The  Loan  Agreement  subjects  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  to  a  quarterly  EBITDA  covenant  (as  defined).    The 
minimum  quarterly  EBITDA  covenant  (as  defined)  is  $2,000  for  all  quarters  starting  with  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2017 
through the end of the agreement. Additionally, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries are subject to a Fixed Charge Coverage 
ratio of 1.10 to 1.00 measured on an annual basis beginning September 30, 2019 (based on a trailing twelve-month basis), through the 
term  of  the  agreement.   At  the  end  of  a  quarter,  if  there  is  $15,000  of  availability  and  outstanding  borrowings  of  less  than  $5,000, 
covenant  testing  is  waived.  The  Loan  Agreement  contains  customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  covenants  that 
limit or restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, merge or consolidate, dispose 
of  assets,  make  investments,  make  acquisitions,  pay  dividends  or  make  distributions,  repurchase  stock,  in  each  case  subject  to 
customary exceptions for a credit facility of this size.  The Company was not required to calculate covenant compliance calculations 
due to undrawn balance at December 31, 2019.    

The Loan Agreement has a Letter of Credit facility of $3,000, which is fully reserved against availability. 

Note Payable—Winona Facility Purchase 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, Badger has balance on note payable to Avis Industrial Corporation of $283 and $378, respectively.  
Badger is required to make 60 monthly payments of $10 that began on August 1, 2017.  The note dated July 26, 2017, had an original 
principal amount of $500 and annual interest rate of 8.00%.  The note is guaranteed by the Company. 

PM Debt Restructuring 

On  March 6,  2018,  PM  Group  and  Oil &  Steel  S.p.A.  (PM  Group’s  subsidiary)  entered  into  a  Debt  Restructuring  Agreement  (the 
“Restructuring Agreement”) with Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena S.p.A., Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.p.A., BPER Banca S.p.A., 
Cassa  di  Risparmio  in  Bologna  S.p.A.  and  Unicredit  S.p.A.  (collectively  the  “Lenders”),  and  Loan  Agency  Services  S.r.l.  (the 
“Agent”). The Restructuring Agreement, which replaces the previous debt restructuring agreement with the Lenders entered into in 
2014, provides for, among other things: 

 

 

The  provision  of  subordinated  shareholders’  loans  by  the  Company  to  PM  Group,  consisting  of  (i) conversion  of  an 
existing trade receivable in the amount of €3.1 million into a loan; (ii) an additional subordinated shareholders’ loan in the 
aggregate maximum amount of up to €2.4 million, to be made currently; and (iii) a further loan of €1.8 million to be made 
by December 31, 2018, in each case to be used to repay a portion of PM Group’s outstanding obligations to the Lenders; 

Amendments to the 2014 put and call options agreement with BPER to, among other things, extend the exercise of the 
options  until  the  approval  of  PM  Group’s  financial  statements  for  the  2021  fiscal  year  and  permit  the  assignment  of 
certain  subordinated  receivables  to  the  Company.  The  fair  market  value  of  this  liability  is  subject  to  revaluation  on  a 
recurring basis; 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

New amortization and repayment schedules for amounts owed by PM Group to the Lenders under the various outstanding 
tranches  of  indebtedness,  along  with  revised  interest  rates  and  financial  covenants.  Under  the  Debt  Restructuring 
Agreement  term  debt  is  repaid  over  a  nine-year  period  starting  in  2018  and  ending  in  2026  (2022  prior  to  Debt 
Restructuring Agreement); and 

 

The effect of PM not meeting its December 31, 2017 financial covenants was cured by the Debt Restructuring Agreement. 

PM Group Short-Term Working Capital Borrowings 

At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively,  PM  Group  had  established  demand  credit  and  overdraft  facilities  with  five Italian 
banks, one Spanish bank and eight banks in South America. Under the facilities, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively, PM 
Group can borrow up to approximately €21,337 ($23,955) and €21,990 ($25,192) for advances against invoices, and letter of credit 
and  bank  overdrafts.  These  facilities  are  divided  into  two  types:  working  capital  facilities  and  cash  facilities.  For  the  year  ended 
December, 31, 2019, interest on the Italian working capital facilities is charged at the 3-month Euribor plus 175 or 200 basis points 
and 3-month Euribor plus 350 basis points, respectively. Interest on the Spanish bank working capital facility  is charged at 3.75%. 
Interest on the South American facilities is charged at a flat rate of points for advances on invoices ranging from 8% - 55%. For the 
year ended December 31, 2018, Interest on the Italian working capital facilities was charged at the 3-month Euribor plus 175 or 200 
basis points and a 3-month Euribor plus 350 basis points, respectively.  Interest on the Spanish bank working capital facility is charged 
at  3.75%.  Interest  on  the  South  American  facilities  is  charged  at  a  flat  rate  of  points  for  advances  on  invoices  ranging  from  9%  - 
65%.    

At December 31, 2019, the Italian banks had advanced PM Group €11,877 ($13,334), at variable interest rates, which currently range 
from 1.75% to 2.00%. At December 31, 2019, there were no advances to PM Group from the Spanish bank. At December 31, 2019, 
the  South  American  banks  had  advanced  PM  Group  €971  ($1,090).  Total  short-term  borrowings  for  PM  Group  were  €12,848 
($14,424) at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2018, the Italian banks had advanced PM Group €15,796 ($18,096), at variable 
interest rates, which  currently  range  from  1.75%  to 2.00%. At December 31,  2018,  there were no  advances  to  PM  Group from  the 
Spanish bank. At December 31, 2018, the South American banks had advanced PM Group €715 ($820). Total short-term borrowings 
for PM Group were €16,511 ($18,916) at December 31, 2018. 

PM Group Term Loans  
At December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively, PM Group has a €9,484 ($10,659) and €10,451 ($11,973) term loan with two Italian 
banks, BPER and Unicredit. The term loan is split into a note and a balloon payment and is secured by PM Group’s common stock as 
of December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

At December 31, 2019, the note and balloon payment have an outstanding principal balance of €6,492 ($7,289) and €3,002 ($3,370), 
respectively.    Both  are  charged  interest  at  a  fixed  rate  of  3.5%,  with  an  effective  rate  of  3.5%  at  December  31,  2019.  The  note  is 
payable in annual installments of principal €991 for 2020, €1,026 for 2021, €1,062 for 2022, €1,099 for 2023, €1,137 for 2024, and 
€1,177 for 2025.  The balloon payment is payable in a single payment of €3,002 in 2026. See above for restructuring. 

An adjustment in the purchase accounting to value the non-interest- bearing debt at its fair market value was made. At March 6, 2018 
it was determined that the fair value of the debt was €480 or $550 less than the book value. This reduction is not reflected in the above 
descriptions  of  PM  debt.  This  discount  is  being  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  debt  and  being  charged  to  interest  expense.  As  of 
December 31, 2019, and 2018 respectively, the remaining balance was €281 ($315) and €391 ($448) and has been offset to the debt. 

At  December  31,  2019,  PM  Group  has  unsecured  borrowings  with  three  Italian  banks  totaling  €10,385  ($11,659).  Interest  on  the 
unsecured  notes  is  charged  at  a  stated  and  effective  rate  of  3.5%  at  December  31,  2019.  Annual  payments  of  €1,731  are  payable 
beginning in 2019 and ending in 2025.  At December 31, 2018 PM Group had unsecured borrowings with three Italian banks totaling 
€12,115 ($13,879). Interest on the unsecured notes was charged at the 3-month Euribor plus 250 basis points, effective rate of 3.5% at 
December 31, 2018.  

PM Group is subject to certain financial covenants as defined by the debt restructuring agreement including maintaining (1) Net debt 
to  EBITDA,  (2) Net debt  to equity,  and (3) EBITDA  to net  financial  charges ratios.  The  covenants  are  measured on  a  semi-annual 
basis beginning on December 31, 2018. Covenants were met at December 31, 2019 and 2018.   

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, Autogru PM RO, a subsidiary of PM Group, had three and three notes. The first note is 
payable in 60 monthly principal installments of €8 ($9),  plus interest at the 1-month Euribor plus 300 basis points, effective rate of 
3.00%  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  maturing  October  2020.  At  December  31,  2019  and  2018  respectively,  the  outstanding 
principal balance of the note was €84 ($94) and €186 ($213). 

63 

 
 
The second note is payable in monthly installments of €9 ($10) starting from September 2019 and ending in March 2020, and one 
final payment of €190 ($213) in March 2020. The note is charged interest at the 1-month Euribor plus 250 basis points, effective rate 
of 2.50% at December 31, 2019.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €218 ($245) and 
€320 ($367).                 

The  third  note  is  divided  in  three  parts:  the  first  part  is  payable  in  60  monthly  installments  of  €1  ($1)  plus  interest  at  the  6-month 
Euribor plus 275 basis points, effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2019, maturing February 2023; the second part is payable in 60 
monthly installments of €4 ($5) plus interest at the 6-month Euribor plus 275 basis points, effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 
2019, maturing April 2023; the third part is payable in 60 monthly installments of €1 ($1) plus interest at the 6-month Euribor plus 
275 basis points, effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2019, maturing June 2023. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, 
the outstanding principal balance of the note was €234 ($263) and €304 ($348). 

PM has interest rate swaps with a fair market value at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively of €0 ($0) and €2 ($2) which has 
been included in debt.  

At December 31, 2018 PM Argentina Sistemas de Elevacion, a subsidiary of PM Group had a note payable. The note was payable in 
fifteen monthly installments of €13 ($15) starting from March 2018 and ending in May 2019, the note was charged interest at 28.50% 
at December 31, 2018.  At December 31, 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €68 ($78).   

Valla Short-Term Working Capital Borrowings 

At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively,  Valla  had  established  demand  credit  and  overdraft  facilities  with  two  Italian  banks. 
Under the facilities, Valla can borrow up to approximately €660 ($741) and €870 ($997) for advances against orders, invoices and 
bank overdrafts. Interest on the Italian working capital facilities is charged at a flat percentage rate for advances on invoices and orders 
ranging from 1.67% - 4.75% and 4.50% - 4.75 % at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the 
Italian banks had advanced Valla €269 ($302) and €40 ($46).  

Valla Term Loans  
At  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  Valla  had  a  term  loan  with  Carisbo.    The  note  is  payable  in  quarterly  principal  installments 
beginning on October 30, 2017  of  €8  ($10), plus  interest  at  the 3-month  Euribor  plus 470  basis points,  effective rate of    4.36%  at 
December  31, 2019  and 2018, respectively.  The  note  matures on  January  2021. At  December  31,  2019 and 2018, respectively,  the 
outstanding principal balance of the note was €39 ($44) and €71 ($81). 

Schedule of Debt Maturities 

Scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of debt outstanding at December 31, 2019 in the next five years and the remaining 
maturity in aggregate are summarized below. Amounts shown include the debt described above in this footnote and the convertible 
notes disclosed in Note 15—Convertible Notes at their face amount of $22,500. 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

Debt discount related to non-interest-bearing debt
Debt issuance cost 
Debt discounts related to convertible notes 

Total 

Note 14. Leases 

   North America     

Italy 

Total 

$

$

7,603
15,111
69
—
—
—
22,783
—
(98)
(319)
22,366

$

$

18,235      $
3,182        
3,214        
3,204        
3,220        
6,635        
37,690        
(315 )      
—        
—        
37,375      $

25,838
18,293
3,283
3,204
3,220
6,635
60,473
(315)
(98)
(319)
59,741  

The Company leases certain warehouses, office space, machinery, vehicles, and equipment. Leases with an initial term of 12 months 
or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

64 

 
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
  
The Company is not aware of any variable lease payments, residual value guarantees, covenants or restrictions imposed by the leases. 
Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term. The exercise of lease renewal 
options is at our sole discretion. The depreciable life of assets is limited by the expected lease term for finance leases.   

If there was a rate explicit in the lease, this was the discount rate used. For those leases with no explicit or implicit interest rate, an 
incremental borrowing rate was used.  The weighted average remaining useful life for operating and finance leases was 4 and 7 years, 
respectively. The weighted average discount rate for operating and finance leases was 4.7% and 12.5% respectively.  

   Classification 

12/31/2019 

Leases (thousands) 
Assets 
Operating lease assets 
Finance lease assets 
Total leased assets 

Liabilities 
Current 

Operating 
Financing 

Noncurrent 
Operating 
Financing 

Total lease liabilities 

Lease Cost (thousands) 
Operating lease costs 
Finance lease cost 

Operating lease assets
Fixed assets, net

Current liabilities
Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities
Noncurrent liabilities

   Classification 

Operating lease assets

Depreciation/Amortization of leased assets 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Depreciation or Inventory reserve
Interest expense

Lease cost 

Other Information (thousands) 
Cash paid for amounts included in the 
   measurement of lease liabilities 

Operating cash flows from operating leases 
Operating cash flows from finance leases 
Financing cash flows from finance leases 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
And subsequent 
Total undiscounted lease payments 

Less interest 
Total liabilities 

Less current maturities 
Non-current lease liabilities 

$

$

$

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

2,274
3,906
6,180

920
476

1,361
4,584
7,341  

For the year ended
December 31, 2019  
992

   $ 

454
622
2,068  

   $ 

For the year ended
December 31, 2019  

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

1,104
418
622  

   Capital Leases 
 $ 

1,066
913
828
932
960
3,411
8,110
(3,050)
5,060
(476)
4,584  

Operating Leases 

999   
555   
338   
194   
80   
319   
2,485   
(204 ) 
2,281   
(920 ) 
1,361   

65 

 $ 

 $ 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
 
     
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Disclosures related to periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842- Lease Standard 

Capital leases 

Georgetown facility 

The Company leases its Georgetown facility under capital lease that was amended and extended on September 1, 2015.  The amended 
lease expires on April 28, 2028. The monthly rent is currently $66 and is increased by 3% annually on September 1 during the term of 
the lease.   

The present value of the future minimum lease payments (including the annual increase) was determined using a 12.5% discount rate 
(the discount rate used to record the original lease which was signed in April 2006).  At December 31, 2018, the outstanding capital 
lease obligation is $5,025.  

Capital Items—as of or for the year ended December 31, 2018 
Building—Georgetown, TX 
Other Capitalized leases 

Totals 

Cost 

4,831
896
5,727

$

$

$

Accumulated
Depreciation  
$

1,212  $ 
—    
1,212  $ 

Depreciation 
Expense 

Interest 
Expense

382     $
—    
382     $

640
10
650

Sales and Leaseback—In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sales- Leaseback Transaction, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company 
has  deferred  gain  of  $842  and  $969,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  Georgetown  operating  facilities  and  certain 
equipment. The deferred gain is being amortized over the life of the leases which reduces depreciation expense $80 annually through 
April 2028 and will also increase revenue by $37 for the next four years. 

Equipment 

The Company has entered into a lease agreement with a bank pursuant to which the Company is permitted to borrow 100% of the cost 
of new equipment with 44-month repayment periods, respectively. At the conclusion of the lease period, for each piece of equipment 
the Company is required to purchase that piece of leased equipment for one dollar. 

The equipment, which is acquired in ordinary course of the Company’s business, is available for sale and rental prior to sale. 

Under the lease agreement the Company can elect to exercise an early buyout option at any time, and pay the bank the present value of 
the remaining rental payments discounted by a specified Index Rate established at the time of leasing. The early buyout option results 
in a prepayment penalty which progressively decreases during the term of the lease. Alternatively, the Company under the like-kind 
provisions in the agreement can elect to replace or substitute different equipment in place of equipment subject to the early buyout 
without incurring a penalty.  

The following is a summary of amounts financed under equipment capital lease agreements: 

New equipment 

Amount 
Borrowed  
896

$

Repayment
Period

Amount of 
Monthly Payment     

Balance 
As of December 31,
2018

44 $

18    $ 

453  

66 

 
 
 
 
  
    
 
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
Future Minimum Lease Payments are: 

Years 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Subsequent 

Total Minimum Lease Payments 

Less: imputed interest 

Present value of minimum lease payment 

Less: current portion 

Long-term capital lease obligations 

Operating Leases 

Operating Leases    
$

   Capital Leases 

1,950      $ 
1,169        
1,169        
408        
408        
1,803        
6,907        

      $ 

      $ 

1,043
1,066
896
904
932
4,371
9,212
(3,729)
5,483
(422)
5,061  

$

The  Company  leases  office  and  production  space  under  various  non-cancellable  operating  leases  that  expire  no  later  than  2023. 
Certain  real  estate  leases  include  one  or  more  options  to  renew.  The  exercise  of  lease  renewal  options  is  at  the  Company's  sole 
discretion.  Options  to  extend  the  lease  are  included  in  the  lease  term  when  it  is  reasonably  certain  the  Company  will  exercise  the 
option. The Company also has production equipment, office equipment and vehicles under operating leases. The depreciable life of 
assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option that is 
reasonably certain of exercise. Certain leases include rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. The lease agreements do not 
contain any material residual value guarantee or material restrictive covenants. 

Bridgeview Facility 

The Company leases its 40,000 sq. ft. Bridgeview facility from an entity controlled by Mr. David Langevin, the Company’s Chairman 
and CEO. See note 23 Transactions between the Company and Related Parties for further information.  

The Company leases certain office and warehouse space as well as certain machinery and equipment under non-cancellable operating 
leases.  Total  rent  expense  under  these  additional  leases  was  $43  and  $107  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively.     

Note 15. Convertible Notes 

Related Party 

On  December 19,  2014,  the  Company  issued  a  subordinated  convertible  debenture  with  a  $7,500  face  amount  payable  to  Terex,  a 
related party. The convertible debenture is subordinated, carries a 5% per annum coupon, and is convertible into Company common 
stock at a conversion price of $13.65 per share or a total of 549,451 shares, subject to customary adjustment provisions. The debenture 
has a December 19, 2020 maturity date. 

From and after the third anniversary of the original issuance date, the Company may redeem the convertible debenture in full (but not 
in part) at any time that the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock equals at least 130% of the Conversion Price (as 
defined  in  the  debenture)  for  at  least  20  of  any  30  consecutive  trading  days.  Following  an  election  by  the  holder  to  convert  the 
debenture  into  common  stock  of  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  debenture,  the  Company  has  the  discretion  to 
deliver to the holder either (i) shares of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest  method  with  an  effective  interest  rate  of  7.5  percent  per  annum.  The  equity  component  is  not  remeasured  as  long  as  it 
continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

67 

 
 
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 19, 2014, the components of the note were as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital)

$

$

6,607   
893   
7,500   

Additionally, in connection with the transaction a $321 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid 
in  capital.  The  deferred  tax  liability  was  recognized  as  the  excess  of  the  principal  amount  being  amortized  and  charged  to  interest 
expenses is not tax deductible. 

As of December 31, 2019, the note had a remaining principal balance of $7,323 and an unamortized discount of $177. The difference 
between this amount and the amount initially recorded represents $716 of discount amortization.  

The Terex agreements included obligations on the part of the Company to timely file with the SEC its reports that are required to be 
filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.  Effective March 29, 2018, the Company has obtained waivers from the Holders with respect to 
any breaches, defaults or events of default that may have been or may be triggered in connection with the Company’s failure to timely 
file its reports with the SEC.   

Perella Notes 

On January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the “Perella Note Purchase Agreement”) with MI Convert 
Holdings LLC (which is owned by investment funds constituting part of the Perella Weinberg Partners Asset Based Value Strategy) 
and  Invemed  Associates  LLC  (together,  the  “Investors”),  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  agreed  to  issue  $15,000  in  aggregate 
principal amount of convertible notes due January 7, 2021 (the “Perella Notes”) to the Investors. The Notes are subordinated, carry a 
6.50% per  annum  coupon,  and  are  convertible,  at  the  holder’s  option,  into  shares  of  Company  common  stock,  based  on  an  initial 
conversion price of $15.00 per share, subject to customary adjustments. Following an election by the holder to convert the debenture 
into common stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the debenture, the Company has the discretion to deliver to the 
holder either (i) shares of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock.  Upon the occurrence of certain 
fundamental corporate changes, the Perella Notes are redeemable at the option of the holders of the Perella Notes. The Perella Notes 
are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to the maturity date, and the payment of principal is subject to acceleration upon an 
event  of  default.  The  issuance  of  the  Perella  Notes  by  the  Company  was  made  in  reliance  upon  the  exemptions  from  registration 
provided by Rule 506 and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 

In connection with the issuance of the Perella Notes, on January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement 
with  the  Investors  (the  “Registration  Rights  Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the  Company  agreed  to 
register the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Perella Notes. The Company filed a Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  the  shares  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  which  was  declared  effective  on 
February 23, 2015. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest  method  with  an  effective  interest  rate  of  7.5  percent  per  annum.  The  equity  component  is  not  remeasured  as  long  as  it 
continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

On January 7, 2015, the components of the note were as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital)

$

$

14,286   
714   
15,000   

Additionally, in connection with the transaction a $257 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid 
in  capital.  The  deferred  tax  liability  was  recognized  as  the  excess  of  the  principal  amount  being  amortized  and  charged  to  interest 
expense and is not tax deductible. 

68 

  
  
 
  
  
  
As of December 31, 2019, the note had a remaining principal balance of $14,858 (less $98 debt issuance cost for a net debt $14,760) 
and  an  unamortized  discount  of  $142.  The  difference  between  this  amount  and  the  amount  initially  recorded  represents  $572  of 
discount amortization.  

Effective January 2020, the Company has obtained consent from the Noteholders to make prepayments on the Notes in accordance 
with the terms of the Note purchase Agreement. As of February 28, 2020, $2 million in principal prepayments on the Notes has been 
paid. 

The Perella agreements included obligations on the part of the Company to timely file with the SEC its reports that are required to be 
filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.  Effective March 28, 2018, the Company has obtained waivers from the Holders with respect to 
any breaches, defaults or events of default that may have been or may be triggered in connection with the Company’s failure to timely 
file its reports with the SEC.   

Note 16. Income Taxes  

The Jobs Act establishes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess of 
a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as incurred; 
therefore, there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI inclusion 
upon reversal. 

Approximately $3.0 million of the Company’s undistributed foreign earnings have been subject to US federal taxation in connection 
with  the  one-time  mandatory  transition  tax  on  accumulated  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  as  required  by  the  Jobs  Act.  The 
Company’s  assertion  to  indefinitely  reinvest  its  foreign  earnings  remains  unchanged  despite  the  US  taxation  of  its  undistributed 
foreign earnings and new tax law, which includes a 100% dividend received deduction. This means that future distributions of foreign 
earnings  will  generally  not  be  taxable  in  the  US.  However,  upon  remittance  of  these  earnings,  the  Company  would  be  subject  to 
withholding tax, US tax on foreign currency gains and losses related to previously taxed earnings, and some state income tax. It is not 
practicable to estimate the tax impact of the reversal of the outside basis difference, or the repatriation of cash due to the complexity 
associated with these calculations. 

Information pertaining to the Company’s income before income taxes from continuing operations is as follows: 

Loss before income taxes: 
Domestic 
Foreign 
Total net loss before income taxes 

Years ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

$

(1,714) $
(4,015)
(5,729) $

(5,313 )   $ 
(7,353 )     
(12,666 )   $ 

(6,289)
(896)
(7,185)

Information pertaining to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes for continuing operations is as follows:        

Expense (benefit) for income taxes: 

Current: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total expense (benefit) for income taxes

Years ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

$

$

(33) $
1
510
478

22
158
2,105
2,285
2,763 $

(106 )   $ 
74       
1,753       
1,721       

49       
573       
(1,832 )     
(1,210 )     
511     $ 

262
79
448
789

(389)
(954)
436
(907)
(118)

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
       
       
  
       
  
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Accrued expenses 
Inventory 
Other liabilities 
Deferred gain 
Net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credit carryforwards 
Capital loss carryforwards 
Unrealized foreign currency loss
Interest expense 
Restructuring cost 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Intangibles 
Discount on convertible notes 
Deferred State Income Tax 
Debt 
Investments 

Total deferred tax liability 

Valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax (liability) asset 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 
2019 

$

$

906     $ 
2,326       
930       
172       
4,859       
1,317       
440       
97       
3,538       
—       
688       
15,273       

2,926       
73       
425       
2,197       
—       
5,621       
(10,282 )     
(630 )   $ 

965
2,410
696
208
5,374
1,785
442
238
2,517
266
1,777
16,678

5,047
139
407
2,260
(1,092)
6,761
(7,643)
2,274  

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluate whether it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion 
or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of 
future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating losses can be utilized. 
We assess all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not 
to be realized. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, 
tax  planning  strategies  and  projected  future  taxable  income.  Significant  weight  is  given  to  positive  and  negative  evidence  that  is 
objectively verifiable.  

As  required  by  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  income  taxes,  the  Company  evaluates  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax 
assets on a jurisdictional basis at each reporting date. Accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established 
when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  or  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  In  circumstances  where  there  is 
sufficient  negative  evidence  indicating  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  not  more  likely  than  not  realizable,  we  establish  a  valuation 
allowance.  

Based  on  the  weighting  of  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence,  most  notably  significant  negative  evidence  of  three-year 
cumulative losses and a decline in sales during the third quarter of 2019, which led to a triggering event where goodwill is impaired, 
we determined that it is appropriate to establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets of PM. The Company considered 
and weighed positive evidence including our existing backlog and how the backlog might enhance future earnings. However, because 
the accounting guidance for income taxes considers a projection of future earnings inherently subjective, it does not carry significant 
weight to overcome the objectively verifiable evidence of cumulative losses in recent years. Although the recognition of the valuation 
allowance is a non-cash charge of approximately $2.6 million to income tax expense, it did have a negative impact on earnings for the 
12  months  ended  December  31,  2019.  If  these  estimates  and  assumptions  change  in  the  future,  the  Company  may  be  required  to 
reduce its valuation allowance resulting in less income tax expense. The Company evaluates the likelihood of realizing its deferred tax 
assets quarterly. 

70 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
       
       
 
 
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had U.S. federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.0 million 
and $5.8 million, respectively. The U.S. net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2036 and 2037.  The majority of the foreign loss 
carryforwards  are  available  for  carryforward  indefinitely.  The  Company  also  had  state  net  operating  losses  of  approximately  $0.6 
million that are set to expire at varying periods between 2025 and 2039 if not utilized. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a 
Texas Margin Tax Credit of $1.0 million and U.S. federal R&D credits of $0.1 million that may be utilized through 2026 and 2037, 
respectively. 

The effective tax rate before income taxes varies from the current U.S. federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Statutory rate 
State and local taxes 
Permanent differences 
Tax credits 
Foreign operations 
Uncertain tax positions 
Valuation allowance 
Other 

Years ended December 31, 
2018 
2019 

21.00 %     
-1.17 %     
-13.23 %     
-8.02 %     
-4.09 %     
-0.79 %     
-44.23 %     
2.29 %     
-48.24 %     

21.00%
0.45%
-11.93%
0.49%
-0.55%
-2.81%
-9.69%
-1.00%
-4.04%

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 
Increases in tax positions for prior years
Increases in tax positions for current years
Other 
Lapse in statute of limitations 
Settlements 
Balance at December 31, 

2019 

2018 

4,115      $ 
—        
455        
(149 )      
(126 )      
—        
4,295      $ 

1,016
2,352
860
(70)
—
(43)
4,115  

$

$

Of the amounts reflected in the above table at December 31, 2019, approximately $2.8 million would reduce the Company’s annual 
effective tax rate if recognized.  In direct offsetting effects of uncertain tax positions embedded in foreign net operating carryforwards 
that  carry  a  full  valuation  allowance  would  not  affect  the  effective  tax  rate  if  the  unrecognized  benefits  are  resolved  while  a  full 
valuation allowance is maintained. The Company records accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision 
for  income  taxes  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of income.  For  the  years  ended December  31, 2019,  2018  and  2017, 
interest  and  penalties  recognized  on  unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $134,  $266  and  $69,  respectively.  The  accrued  balance  as  of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $782 and $648, respectively. Included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania 
income tax audit for tax years 2012-2018 and Italy for tax year 2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of the audits, the uncertain 
tax  position  liabilities  could  be  higher  or  lower  than  the  amount  recorded  at  December  31,  2019.  We  believe  that  it  is  reasonably 
possible that a decrease of up to $0.4 million in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date as a result of a lapse 
of the statute of limitations in various jurisdictions and for the resolution of the Italy tax audit. 

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  United  States,  Italy,  Romania  and  Argentina  as  well  as  various  state  and  local  tax 
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the tax 
authorities for U.S. federal or state for the years before 2016, or foreign examinations for years before 2012.   

71 

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17. Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures 

Interest received and paid, income taxes paid and non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017 were as follows: 

Interest received in cash 
Interest paid in cash 
Income tax (refunds) payments in cash 
Non-Cash Transactions: 

$

2019 

2018 

2017 

$

229
4,394
(175)

167      $ 
5,841        
1        

—
7,234
1,729

Proportional share of increase in equity investments' paid 
   in capital 
Share based compensation paid in connection with 
   Tadano transaction 
Equipment held for sale financed on a capital lease

—

—
—

14       

200       
—       

11

—
896  

Note 18. Employee Benefits 

U.S. Plan 

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan. The plan is intended to cover all non-union United States based employees. The plan is open to 
employees  21  years  of  age and  older.  There  is  no  minimum  employment  duration  required  before  eligibility.  The  plan  allows  for 
monthly enrollment and contribution changes. 

The Company currently matches dollar for dollar participants’ contributions up to 3% of the participants’ gross income and a 50% 
match on the next 2% of gross income. There is no dollar limit regarding matched funds and the plan also calls for immediate vesting 
of the employer contribution component. The employer match is paid when payroll is processed. 

The amount paid in matching contributions by the company for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $428, $386 and $235, respectively. 

Non-U.S. Plan 

Employees in Italy are entitled to Trattamento di Fine Rapporto (“TFR”), commonly referred to as an employee leaving indemnity, 
which represents deferred compensation for employees in the private sector. Under Italian law, an entity is obligated to accrue for TFR 
on  an  individual  employee  basis  payable  to  each  individual  upon  termination  of  employment  (including  both  voluntary  and 
involuntary dismissal). The annual accrual is approximately 7% of total pay, with no ceiling, and is revalued each year by applying a 
pre-established rate of return of 1.50%, plus 75% of the Consumer Price Index, and is recorded by a book reserve. TFR is an unfunded 
plan. 

The  accrued  employee  severance  indemnity  must  be  transferred  to  the Fund for  the  payment  of  severance pay  to employees  in  the 
private sector, managed by the INPS (the National Social Contributions Authority), on behalf of the State, on a special account opened 
at  the  State  Treasury.  In  this  case  the  workers  continue  to  have  as  their  sole  interlocutor  the  employer,  who  will  provide  monthly 
payment of the amount due (together with the social contributions due to INPS). In this situation, the Company will pay the severance 
to the employees leaving and then those amounts will be compensated by the payments to be made in favor of INPS. 

The  amount  paid  by  the  company  for  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  $146,  $213,  and  $149.  The  amount  allocated  to  the  Employee 
severance indemnity provision in 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $428, $579 and $728.  

72 

  
  
 
 
     
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19. Accrued Warranties 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warranty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. 

The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future 
warranty  claims.  Adjustments  to  the  initial  warranty  accrual  are  recorded  if  actual  claim  experience  indicates  that  adjustments  are 
necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential 
warranty liability. 

The following table summarizes the changes in product warranty liability: 

Balance January 1, 
Accrual for warranties issued during the year
Warranty services provided 
Changes in estimates 
Foreign currency translation 
Balance December 31, 

Note 20. Long Lived Assets 

United States 
Italy 

Total Long-Lived Assets 

Long-Lived Assets are based on where the operating unit is domiciled. 

Note 21. Equity 

Tadano, Ltd. Investment in the Company 

2019 

2018 

2,004    $ 
2,397      
(2,163)     
(563)     
(51)     
1,624    $ 

2,030  
3,549  
(3,317 )
(267 )
9  
2,004   

2019 

2018 

14,906    $ 
57,079      
71,985    $ 

18,365 
65,584 
83,949  

$

$

$

$

On May 24, 2018, the Company entered into a (a) Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) and (b) Registration 
Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Tadano Ltd., a Japanese company (“Tadano”). 

Pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  agreed  to  issue  and  sell  to  Tadano,  and  Tadano  agreed  to  purchase  from  the 
Company, 2,918,542 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Shares”), representing approximately 14.9% of the 
outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  (based  on  the  number  of  outstanding  shares  as  of  the  date  of  the  Purchase 
Agreement), at a purchase price of $11.19 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $32,658. The transaction closed on May 29, 
2018 (the “Closing Date”). The Shares were issued in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).   

The Purchase Agreement also provides for certain rights of Tadano and certain limitations on the Company, subject in each case to 
Tadano continuing to meet certain minimum ownership requirements. Specifically, so long as Tadano owns at least a majority of the 
Shares, Tadano has certain preemptive rights to purchase its pro rata share of specified equity securities (including certain derivative 
and convertible securities) issued by the Company after the Closing Date. Additionally, so long as Tadano owns at least 10% of the 
Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock, the Company is prohibited, absent Tadano’s consent, from, among other 
items:  (i) increasing  the  number  of  directors  on  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  to  a  number  greater  than  ten;  (ii) entering  into 
certain related person or affiliated transactions, subject to certain exceptions; and (iii) authorizing or approving any plan of dissolution 
of the Company, any liquidating distribution of the Company’s assets or other action relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the 
Company. The Purchase Agreement also contains certain restrictions on asset sales by the Company. In addition, so long as it owns at 
least 10% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock, Tadano shall have the right to nominate one individual 
to serve on the Company’s board of directors 

See the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 31, 2018 for additional 
information regarding this transaction. 

In  connection  with  this  transaction,  the  Company  incurred  legal,  investment  banking  and  consulting  fees  that  in  aggregate  totaled 
$875.  These fees are recorded net of common stock. 

73 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
Issuance of Common Stock 

On  July  25,  2017,  the  Company  issued  21,783  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  value  of  $154  to  Avis  Industrial  Corporation.    The 
shares were issued as part of the consideration paid to purchase the Winona manufacturing facility. 

At the Market Program 

On January 23, 2017, Manitex International Inc. entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (“Sales Agreement”) with 
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock, no par value per 
share, having an aggregate offering price up to $20 million through Cantor.  The Company thought it prudent to put a mechanism in 
place by which supplemental liquidity can be provided to address working capital requirements or other capital requirements that may 
arise in conjunction with production requirements.  Under the program, the Company’s stock is issued at the current market price and 
the Company pays a 7% commission to Cantor. 

The following table contains information regarding stock issued under the program: 

Date of Issue 
January 25, 2017 
January 27, 2017 
January 30, 2017 
January 31, 2017 

Shares 
Issued
247,604
27,120
1,100
18,700
294,524

Shares 
Price
8.8750
8.8376
8.6464
8.6451

$
$
$
$

Value of 
Shares 
Issued

     Commissions  

Net 
Proceeds

$
$
$
$
$

2,197     $ 
240     $ 
10     $ 
162     $ 
2,609     $ 

154   $
17   $
1   $
11   $
183   $

2,043
223
9
151
2,426  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Stock issued to employees and Directors 

The Company issued shares of common stock to employees and Directors at various times in 2019, 2018 and 2017 as restricted stock 
units  issued under  the  Company’s 2004 Incentive  Plan vested. Upon  issuance  entries  were recorded  to  increase  common  stock and 
decrease paid in capital for the amounts shown below. The following is a summary of stock issuances that occurred during the three-
year period: 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2019 
January 4, 2019 
January 4, 2019 
March 13, 2019 
May 15, 2019 
May 31, 2019 
August 20, 2019 
September 18, 2019 
December 14, 2019 
December 14, 2019 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2018 
January 1, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
January 15, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
August 8, 2018 
September 15, 2018 
October 15, 2018 
December 14, 2018 
December 14, 2018 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2017 
January 1, 2017 
January 4, 2017 
January 4, 2017 
June 1, 2017 
September 15, 2017 
October 16, 2017 
December 14, 2017 
December 14, 2017 

Employees or 
Director
  Employee 
  Directors 
  Employee 
  Directors 
  Employee 
  Directors 
  Employee 
  Employee 
  Directors 
Employees

  Shares Issued      

Value of 
Shares Issued  
14 
48 
131 
58 
6 
77 
4 
18 
44 
84
484

2,500     $ 
7,900       
21,502       
7,920       
560       
6,600       
333       
2,612       
7,900       
15,007       
72,834     $ 

Employees or 
Director

  Shares Issued      

Employees or 
Director

  Shares Issued      

Value of 
Shares Issued  
56 
160 
47 
159 
59 
135 
12 
39 
35 
61
43
104
910

4,420     $ 
12,536       
7,675       
26,215       
6,600       
11,600       
1,073       
6,750       
6,600       
6,800       
7,675       
18,559       
116,503     $ 

Value of 
Shares Issued  
54 
266 
47 
258 
32 
35 
59
43
131
925  

4,290     $ 
20,932       
7,675       
42,533       
4,493       
6,600       
6,600       
7,675       
23,353       
124,151     $ 

  Directors 
  Employees     
  Directors 
  Employees     
  Directors 
  Directors 
  Employees     
  Employees     
  Directors 
Directors
Directors
Employees

  Directors 
  Employees     
  Directors 
  Employees     
  Employees     
  Directors 
Directors
Directors
Employees

75 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
       
 
   
   
   
  
 
 
Stock Repurchase 

The Company purchased shares of Common Stock at various times from certain employees at the closing price on date of purchase. 
The stock was purchased from the employees to satisfy employees’ withholding tax obligations related to stock issuances described 
above. The following is a summary of common stock purchased during 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Date of Purchase 
January 4, 2019 
August 20, 2019 
September 18, 2019 
December 14, 2019 

January 1, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
August 8, 2018 
December 14, 2018 

January 1, 2017 
January 4,2017 
December 14, 2017 

Shares 
Purchased 

Closing Price 
on Date of 
Purchase

2,882      $ 
116      $ 
766      $ 
1,658      $ 
5,422        

3,183      $ 
5,709      $ 
1,978      $ 
2,651      $ 
13,521        

6,312      $ 
11,750      $ 
4,758      $ 
22,820        

9.60
11.54
6.24
5.66

9.60
9.39
11.54
6.60

6.86
7.27
8.35

Manitex International, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan 

In  2019,  the  Company  adopted  the  Manitex  International,  Inc.  2019  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  The  maximum  number  of  shares  of 
common stock reserved for issuance under the plan is 1,329,364 shares. The total number of shares reserved for issuance however, can 
be  adjusted  to  reflect  certain  corporate  transactions  or  changes  in  the  Company’s  capital  structure.  The  Company’s  employees  and 
members of the board of directors who are not our employees or employees of our affiliates are eligible to participate in the plan. The 
plan  is  administered  by  a  committee  of  the  board  comprised  of  members  who  are  outside  directors.  The  plan  provides  that  the 
committee  has  the  authority  to,  among  other  things,  select  plan  participants,  determine  the  type  and  number  of  awards,  determine 
award terms, fix all other conditions of any awards, interpret the plan and any plan awards. Under the plan, the committee can grant 
stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance  shares  and  performance  units,  except 
Directors  may  not  be  granted  stock  appreciation  rights,  performance  shares  and  performance  units.  During  any  calendar  year, 
participants are limited in the number of grants they may receive under the plan. In any year, an individual may not receive options for 
more than 15,000 shares, stock appreciation rights with respect to more than 20,000 shares, more than 20,000 shares of restricted stock 
and/or an award for more than 10,000 performance shares or restricted stock units or performance units. The plan requires that the 
exercise price for stock options and stock appreciation rights be not less than fair market value of the Company’s common stock on 
date of grant. 

Restricted stock units are subject to the same conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units do not have 
voting rights and the common stock will not be issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. 

The Company awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan a total of 210,310; 28,768; and 24,493 restricted 
stock units to employees and directors during 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The restricted stock units are subject to the same 
conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units will not have voting rights and the common stock will not be 
issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. 

76 

 
 
     
 
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
 
 
 
 
On September 1, 2019, 50,000 stock options were granted at $5.62 per share and vest ratably on each of the first three anniversary 
dates.  The  following  table  illustrates  the  various  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  for  stock 
options granted on September 1, 2019: 

Dividend yields 
Expected volatility 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected life (in years) 
Fair value of the option granted 

Grant date 
9/1/2019

—
51%
1.42%
6
2.76  

   $ 

77 

 
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
 
Compensation  expense  in  2019,  2018  and  2017  includes  $603,  $639  and  $798  related  to  restricted  stock  units  and  stock  options, 
respectively. Compensation expense related to restricted stock units and stock options will be $551, $432 and $159 for 2020, 2021 and 
2022, respectively. 

The following is a summary of restricted stock units that were awarded during 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units    

5,000    $

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      
5.68     

Value of 
Restricted Stock
Units Issued  

24,000    $

7.36     

30,000    $

7.36     

78,310    $

7.36     

50,000    $

5.62     

$

$

$

$

$

29

177

221

576

281

23,000 $

210,310

5.95     $
     $

137
1,421

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units    

1,695    $

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      
11.30     

Value of 
Restricted Stock
Units Issued  

$

19

20,000    $

11.64     

5,000 $
1,073 $

$
11.64     $
11.64     $

1,000 $
28,768

11.46     $
     $

233
58
12

11
333

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units    

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      

4,493 $

7.01     $

Value of 
Restricted Stock
Units Issued  
31

20,000 $
24,493

9.00     $
     $

180
211  

2019 Grants 
January 1, 2019 

March 13, 2019 

March 13, 2019 

March 13, 2019 

September 1, 2019 

December 31, 2019 

2018 Grants 
May 15, 2018 

May 31, 2018 

May 31, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
August 20, 2018 

2017 Grants 
June 1, 2017 
October 9, 2017 

Vesting Date 

  January 1, 2019 2,500 units; 
January 1, 2020 2,500 units

  March 13, 2019 7,920; March 13, 
2020 7,920; March 13, 2021 8,160
  March 13, 2020 9,900; March 13, 

2021 9,900; March 13, 2022 10,200
  March 13, 2020 25,842; March 13, 

2021 25,842; March 13, 2022 
26,626 

  September 1, 2020 16,500, 
September 1, 2021 16,500; 
September 1, 2022 17,000
December 31, 2020 7,590; 
December 31, 2021 7,590; 
December 31, 2022 7,820

Vesting Date 

  May 15, 2019 560 units; May 15, 
2020 560 units and May 15, 2021 
575 units

  May 31, 2018 6,600 units; May 31, 
2019 6,600 units and May 31, 2020 
6,800 units

  May 31, 2018 5,000 units
  May 31, 2018 1,073 units

 August 20, 2019 333 units; August 
20, 2020 333 units and August 20, 
2021 334 units

Vesting Date 
  June 1, 2017 4,493 units

 October 16, 2017 6,600 units; 
January 15, 2018 6,600 units and 
October 15, 2018 6,800 units

78 

 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
    
  
    
 
      
  
 
   
   
  
  
    
  
    
 
      
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
The  following  table  contains  information  regarding  restricted  stock  units  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019, 2018  and  2017, 
respectively: 

Outstanding on January 1, 
Units granted during period 
Vested and issued 
Vested—issued and repurchased for income tax withholding
Forfeited 
Outstanding on December 31 

2019 

Restricted Stock Units 
2018 
168,763       
28,768       
(102,982 )     
(13,521 )     
(8,154 )     
72,874       

72,874
210,310
(67,412)
(5,422)
(11,633)
198,717

2017 
342,004
24,493
(101,331)
(22,820)
(73,583)
168,763  

Note 22. Recent Accounting Guidance 

Recently Issued Pronouncements – Not Yet Adopted  

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes Topic 740-Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 
2019-12”),  which  intended  to  simplify  various  aspects  related  to  accounting  for  income  taxes.  ASU  2019-12  removes  certain 
exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application of 
Topic 740. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of Topic 740 is not 
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-04,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses, 
Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2019-04”). ASU 2019-04 provides narrow scope 
amendments  for  Topics  326,  815  and  825.   The  effective  date  will  be  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020  and  early  adoption  is 
permitted. The standard requires a modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of 
the  beginning  of  the  first  reporting  period  in  which  the  guidance  is  effective.  The  Company  adopted  the  new  credit  loss  standard 
effective January 1, 2020 and determined it will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial  Instruments,”  (“ASU  2016-13”).  ASU  2016-13  sets  forth  a  “current  expected  credit  loss”  model  which  requires  the 
Company  to  measure  all  expected  credit  losses  for  financial  instruments  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience, 
current conditions and reasonable supportable forecasts. The guidance in this standard replaces the existing incurred loss model and is 
applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet 
credit  exposures.  Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  the  following  standards  related  to  ASU  2016-13:  ASU  2018-19,  “Codification 
Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses,” ASU 2019-05, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) 
Targeted  Transition  Relief,” and ASU  2019-11,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses,” 
which provided additional guidance and clarity to ASU 2016-13 (collectively, the “Credit Loss Standard”). The effective date will be 
the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Credit  Loss  Standard  will  be  applied  using  a  modified 
retrospective approach. The Company adopted the new credit loss standard effective January 1, 2020 and determined it will not have a 
material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  “Income  Statement  -  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2018-2”). ASU 2018-02 allows a 
reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from H.R. 1 “An 
Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018” (commonly 
known as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Jobs Act”)). The Company has adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2019. The adoption 
of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our operating results.  

79 

 
  
 
 
  
 
   
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily  will  depend  on  its  classification  as  a  finance  or  operating  lease.   Subsequently,  the  FASB  issued  the  following  standards 
related  to  ASU  2016-02:  ASU  2018-01,  “Land  Easement  Practical  Expedient  for  Transition  to  Topic  842,”  ASU  2018-10, 
“Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”, ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements” (“ASU 2018-11”) 
and  ASU  2018-20,  “Narrow-Scope  Improvements  for  Lessors”,  which  provided  additional  guidance  and  clarity  to  ASU  2016-02 
(collectively, the “New Lease Standard”). The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2019. The transition method allows an 
entity to initially apply the requirements of the New Lease Standard at the adoption date, versus at the beginning of the earliest period 
presented,  and  recognize  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the opening balance of  retained  earnings  in  the period of  adoption.  The 
New Lease Standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company elected the transition package of 
practical  expedients,  the practical  expedient  to  not  separate  lease  and  non-lease  components  for  all of  its leases, and the short-term 
lease recognition exemption for all of its leases that qualify for it. The adoption of this guidance resulted in an addition of $3,166 of 
total operating assets and $3,184 of total operating lease liabilities with no income statement impact as of January 1, 2019.  

Except  as  noted  above,  the  guidance  issued  by  the  FASB  during  the  current  year  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Note 23. Transactions between the Company and Related Parties 

In the course of conducting its business, the Company has entered into certain related party transactions. 

C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes.  As such, C&M purchases cranes and parts from Terex. Additionally, 
The Company has a convertible note with a face amount of $7,500 payable to Terex.  See Note 15 for additional details.   
PM is a manufacturer of cranes. PM sold cranes, parts, and accessories to Tadano during 2019. 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2017, the Company was the majority owner of ASV and, therefore, ASV was not a related party 
during  that  period.    In  May  2017,  the  Company  reduced  is  its  ownership  interest  in  ASV  to  21.2%  and  in  February  2018  further 
reduced its ownership to approximately 11%.   As such, ASV became a related party beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2017.  
The  Company  did  not  have  any  transactions  with  ASV  during  2018.  In  September  2019,  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  ASV  to 
Yanmar American Corporation, the Company received cash merger consideration for its remaining 1,080,000 shares in ASV and ASV 
is no longer a related party at September 30, 2019.  

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company had accounts receivable and accounts payable with related parties as shown below: 

Accounts Receivable 

   Terex 
   Tadano 

Accounts Payable 

   Terex 

Net Related Party 
   Accounts Payable 

  December 31, 2019 
$

      December 31, 2018 
23
—
23

9     $ 
88       
97     $ 

325     $ 
325     $ 

228     $ 

1,394
1,394

1,371  

$

$
$

$

80 

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
      
  
     
  
  
 
The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain related party transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, 
for the periods indicated: 

Bridgeview Facility (2)
Sales to: 

SL Industries, Ltd (1) 
Tadano 
Terex 
Total Sales 
Inventory Purchases from: 
SL Industries, Ltd (1) 
Lift Ventures 
BGI (1) 
Terex 

Total Inventory Purchases 

2019 

2018 

2017 

273 $

268     $ 

263

n/a
144
35
179 $

n/a
n/a
n/a
1,858
1,858 $

n/a       
n/a     
43       
43     $ 

n/a       
n/a       
n/a       
2,306       
2,306     $ 

8
n/a
34
42

564
618
2,886
990
5,058  

$

$

$

(1) 

(2) 

These companies are controlled by a former executive officer of the Company.  The former officer retired effective December 31, 2016 but 
provided consulting services to the Company through April 30, 2017.  Although the Company continues to purchase from SL Industries and 
BGI,  these  entities  are  not  related  parties  after  December  31,  2017.  Therefore,  accounts  payable  to  these  companies  are  included  in  trade 
payables beginning in 2018. 

The  Company  leases  its  40,000  sq.  ft.  Bridgeview  facility  from  an  entity  controlled  by  Mr. David  Langevin,  the  Company’s  Executive 
Chairman  and  former  CEO.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  lease,  the  Company makes  monthly lease  payments of  $23.  The  Company  is  also 
responsible  for  all  the  associated  operations  expenses,  including  insurance,  property  taxes,  and  repairs.  On  October  3,  2018,  the  lease  was 
amended  to  extend  the  initial  lease  term  to  fifteen  years  expiring  in  May 3,  2025  with  a  provision  for  an  option  one  five-year  period  and 
thereafter, six one-year extension periods. The lease contains a rental escalation clause under which annual rent is increased during the initial 
lease term by the lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. Rent for any extension period shall, however, be the then-
market  rate  for  similar  industrial  buildings  within  the  market  area.  The  Company  has  the  option  to  purchase  the  building  by  giving  the 
Landlord written notice at any time prior to the date that is 180 days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The Landlord 
can require the Company to purchase the building if a Change of Control Event, as defined in the agreement occurs by giving written notice to 
the  Company  at  any  time  prior  to  the  date  that  is  180  days  prior  to  expiration  of  the  lease  or  any  extension  period.  The  purchase  price 
regardless  whether  the  purchase  is  initiated  by  the  Company  or  the  landlord  will  be  the  Fair  Market  Value  as  of  the  closing  date  of  said 
sale.      

Transactions with Terex 

On December 19, 2014, Terex held greater than 5% of the Company’s outstanding share and became a related party. At December 31, 
2019 and 2018, the Company has the following note payable to Terex: 

Convertible note

See Note 15 for additional details regarding the above debt obligations.   

Note 24. Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies 

Years Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

$

7,323    $ 

7,158  

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability,  employment  related  issues,  and  workers’ 
compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-
insurance retention that range from $50 to $500.   

Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, 
the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

The  Company  has  been  named  as  a  defendant  in  several  multi-defendant  asbestos  related  product  liability  lawsuits.  In  certain 
instances, the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff has, to 
date, not been able to establish any exposure by the plaintiff to the Company’s products. The Company is uninsured with respect to 
these claims but believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these claims. 

81 

 
  
 
  
 
 
       
       
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible  to  estimate  the  amount  within  the  range  that  is  most  likely  to  occur.  The  Company  established  reserves  for  several  PM 
lawsuits in conjunction with the accounting for this acquisition. 

Additionally, beginning on December 31, 2011, the Company’s worker’s compensation insurance policy has per claim deductible of 
$250 and annual aggregates of $1,000 to $1,875 depending on the policy year. The Company is fully insured for any amount on any 
individual claim that exceeds the deductible and for any additional amounts of all claims once the aggregate is reached. The Company 
currently has several worker’s compensation claims related to injuries that occurred after December 31, 2011 and therefore are subject 
to a deductible. The Company does not believe that the contingencies associated with these worker compensation claims in aggregate 
will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

On  May 5,  2011,  Company  entered  into  two  separate  settlement  agreements  with  two  plaintiffs.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  the 
Company has a remaining obligation under the agreements to pay the plaintiffs $1,140 without interest in 12 annual installments of 
$95  on or before  May 22  each  year. The Company  has recorded  a  liability  for  the net  present  value  of  the  liability.  The  difference 
between the net present value and the total payment will be charged to interest expense over payment period. 

It is reasonably possible that the “Estimated Reserve for Product Liability Claims” may change within the next 12 months. A change 
in  estimate  could  occur  if  a  case  is  settled  for  more  or  less  than  anticipated,  or  if  additional  information  becomes  known  to  the 
Company. 

Romania Income Tax Audit 

As described in Note 16, included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income tax audit for tax years 2012-
2018 and Italy for tax year 2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of the audits, the liability could be higher or lower than the 
amount recorded at December 31, 2019. 

Residual Value Guarantees 

The Company issues partial residual value guarantees to support a customer’s financing of equipment purchased from the Company. 
A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if 
certain  conditions  are  met  by  the  customer.  The  Company  has  issued  partial  residual  guarantees  that  have  maximum  exposure  of 
approximately $1.6 million in the aggregate as of December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the Company does not have a material 
obligation affiliated with these guarantees and therefore has not recorded any amounts within these consolidated financial statements.  
liability has been recorded. The Company’s ability to recover losses experienced from its guarantees may be affected by economic 
conditions in used equipment markets at the time of loss. 

SEC Investigation 

The  Company  continues  to  comply  with  the  SEC  investigation  regarding  the  Company’s  restatement  of  prior  financial  statements, 
which was completed in April 2018. 

82 

 
 
 
 
  
Note 25. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data  

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2019 and 2018 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts). 

$

$

$

$

60,590
8,512

(10,847)
(10,847)

(0.55)

(0.55)

1st Qtr 

   2nd Qtr 

3rd Qtr 

4th Qtr 

1st Qtr 

2019 

2018 

   3rd Qtr 

4th Qtr 

51,941
8,093

(11,851)
(11,851)

$

$

54,446
9,580

(787)
(787)

$

$

56,675
11,100

   2nd Qtr 
$ 

63,904       $ 
12,441         

(1,485)
(1,485)

$ 

(967 )       
(967 )     $ 

60,938
11,994

122
122

Net revenues 
Gross Profit 
Net income (loss) from continuing 
   operations 
Net income (loss) 
Earnings (loss) per Share 

Basic 

Earnings (loss) from continuing 
   operations 

Diluted 

Earnings (loss) from continuing 
   operations 
Shares outstanding 

   $ 

   $ 

$ 

$ 

57,420       $ 
11,948         

60,969
10,835

910         
910       $ 

3,236
3,236

0.05       $ 

0.16

0.05       $ 

0.16

$

$

$

$

(0.60)

$

(0.04)

$

(0.09)

$ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01

(0.60)

$

(0.04)

$

(0.09)

$ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01

Basic 
Diluted 

   19,678,081          19,685,251
   19,694,973          19,734,195

19,690,233
19,690,233

19,696,093
19,705,242

16,666,937
16,666,937

   17,734,383          19,610,168
   17,734,383          19,694,379

19,625,695
19,625,695  

Note 26. Discontinued Operations 

Sale of ASV Shares 

On  May  11,  2017,  in  anticipation  of  an  initial  public  offering,  ASV  Holdings  converted  from  an  LLC  to  a  C-Corporation  and  the 
Company’s 51% interest was converted to 4,080,000 common shares of ASV Holdings.  On May 17, 2017, in connection within its 
initial  public  offering  (“IPO”),  ASV  Holdings  sold  1,800,000  of  its  own  shares  and  the  Company  sold  2,000,000  shares  of  ASV 
Holdings common stock.  After the IPO, the Company held a 21.2% interest in ASV Holdings, but no longer has a controlling interest 
in ASV holdings.  ASV Holdings was deconsolidated during the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and is recorded as an equity investment 
starting with quarter ended June 30, 2017.  The Company recognized a loss of $1,133 in connection with the sale of these shares. 

Following the sale of the above referenced shares, the Company had significant continuing involvement with ASV in the form of an 
equity investment (21.2% ownership in ASV).  At the time of the above transaction, the Company plans were to hold the remaining 
shares it owned in ASV for an indefinite period.   Although the Company had no plans to sell additional shares, the sale of additional 
shares in the future remained an option.   If the Company were to sell more than 117,600 shares, the Company would cease to account 
for its investment in ASV as an Equity Investment.    

Over the period from February 26-28, 2018, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of ASV Holdings, Inc. in privately-
negotiated transactions with institutional purchasers.  All such shares were sold for $7.00 per share.  Following such sale transactions, 
the Company owned an aggregate of 1,080,000 shares of ASV Holdings, Inc., which equated to an ownership of approximately 11%. 
After the sale of the shares, the Company ceased accounting for the investment in ASV using the equity method of accounting. The 
Company incurred a loss of $205 on the sale of these shares. 

83 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
  
     
  
     
         
  
         
  
         
    
     
  
 
  
            
     
  
 
  
         
  
         
     
         
  
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2019, ASV was acquired by Yanmar American Corporation resulting in the Company receiving $7.05 per share in cash, 
or $7.6 million, for its remaining 1,080,000 shares of ASV. Going forward, the Company no longer has marketable equity securities 
on its consolidated balance sheet. 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 
Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Interest expense 
Other income 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
Loss on sale of discontinued operations including transactions 
   expense of $128 and $551 in 2017 and 2016, respectively

Total loss on discontinued operations before income taxes

Income tax expense related to discontinued operations
Net loss on discontinued operations

For the Year Ended
December 31,
2017 

   $ 

   $ 

38,357
32,403
694
3,504
1,156
(40)
560

(1,302)
(742)
(5)
(737)

Note 27. Subsequent Event 

Strategic Alternatives for Sabre 

On  March  4,  2020,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  that  management  explore  various  strategic  alternatives  for  Sabre, 
including the possibility of a transaction involving the sale of all or part of Sabre’s business and assets, to determine whether such a 
transaction would provide value to shareholders. The Company at this time cannot be sure that any such transaction will occur, and if 
so, what impact such a transaction would have on the Company’s financial statements. During 2019, Sabre had net revenues of $9.3 
million and total assets of $1.9 million.  

84 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, the Company 
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2019.  The Company’s evaluation has identified certain material 
weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting as noted below in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting. Based on the evaluation of these material weaknesses, the Company has concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the 
reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time  periods 
specified  in  the  SEC’s rules and forms.  Based on  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  completion  of  the  Audit  Committee’s  internal 
investigation, our internal review that identified revisions to our previously issued financial statements, and efforts to remediate the 
material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below we believe the consolidated financial statements in 
this Annual Report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, 
and for the periods, presented, in conformity with GAAP. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  its  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  its  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with 
authorizations of  management  and  directors  of  the  Company;  and (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of 
control  deficiencies,  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  to  the  annual  or  interim  financial 
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Based upon that evaluation, management concluded that the following 
material  weaknesses  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  principally  related  to  the  Company’s  period-end 
financial reporting and consolidation processes still exist at December 31, 2019: 

1.  We  did  not  maintain  adequate  entity-level  controls  with  respect  to  ensuring  adequate  supporting  documentation  for 
journal entries and review procedures with respect to journal entries and disbursements that were unusual in nature and of 
significant amounts.   

2.  We did not maintain a formal and consistent policy for establishing inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. 

3.  We did not maintain an effective control environment over information technology general controls, based on the criteria 

established in the COSO framework, to enable identification and mitigation of risks of material accounting errors. 

4. 

The Company historically has acquired a number of non-public companies. In the course of integrating these companies’ 
financial  reporting  methods  and  systems  with  those  of  the  Company,  the  Company  has  not  effectively  designed  and 
implemented  effective  internal  control  activities,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  the  COSO  framework,  across  the 
organization in connection with such acquisitions.  We have identified deficiencies in the principles associated with the 
control  activities  component  of  the  COSO  framework.    Specifically,  these  control  deficiencies  constitute  material 
weaknesses,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  relating  to  (i)  our  ability  to  attract,  develop,  and  retain  sufficient 
personnel to perform control activities, (ii) selecting and developing control activities that contribute to the mitigation of 
risks  and  support  achievement  of  objectives,  (iii)  deploying  control  activities  through  consistent  policies  that  establish 
what is expected and procedures that put policies into action, and (iv) holding individuals accountable for their internal 
control related responsibilities. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
As a result of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described above, management concluded that the 
Company’s  internal  control over  financial reporting was  not  effective  as  of December 31, 2019  based on  the  criteria  established in 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement 
of  the  aforementioned  account  balances  or  disclosures  that  would  result  in  a  material  misstatement  to  the  annual  or  interim 
consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. 

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 
has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears 
herein. 

Management’s Remediation Activities 

During  2019,  management  invested  significant  time  and  effort  to  remediate  two  of  the  material  weaknesses  identified  in  2018. 
Specifically, the following remediation actions were taken and completed: 

1.  We did not maintain an adequate process for the intake of new contracts, customers and vendors, particularly for contracts 
involving unique transaction structures or unusual obligations on the part of the Company, to ensure that all contracts are 
appropriately reviewed and approved, and the associated financial reporting requirements associated with such contracts 
and transactions structures are properly identified and complied with in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles. 

During  2019,  the  Company  implemented  a  control  that  all  initial  sales  orders  are  documented  and  reviewed  to  ensure 
proper accounting treatments are applied to any unique terms in the agreements.  

2.  We did not maintain an adequate review process with respect to the accounting of bill-and-hold transactions and ensuring 

proper revenue recognition.  

During  2019,  the  Company  enhanced  its  control  environment  and  implemented  controls  regarding revenue  recognition, 
specifically  tailored  to  bill  and  hold  transactions.  Management  has  implemented  additional  controls  to  address  this 
material weakness. 

Other than the changes disclosed above, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Rules 13a-15 
and 15d-15) that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are likely to materially 
affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Plan for Remediation of the Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management  has  been  actively  engaged  in  the  planning  for,  and  implementation  of,  remediation  efforts  to  address  the  remaining 
material weaknesses, as well as other identified areas of risk. These remediation efforts, outlined below, are intended both to address 
the  identified  material  weaknesses  and  to  enhance  the  Company’s  overall  financial  control  environment.  Management’s  planned 
actions to further address these issues in fiscal year 2020 include: 

 

 

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company began implementing controls to prevent anyone in a senior management 
position  from  being  able  to  post  manual  journal  entries,  and  require  all  manual  journal  entries  to  be  reviewed  and 
approved by an appropriate individual other than the preparer; 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  began  implementing  a  formal  and  consistent  policy  for  establishing 
inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventory and situations where net realizable value is less than inventory cost; 

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company began implementing information technology policies and procedures for 
all the United States entities and will begin working with the foreign subsidiaries in the first quarter of 2020; 

Other control improvements will include employee retraining with respect to the Company’s Code of Ethics; and 

Executive oversight will be improved through additional reporting requirements and meetings. 

86 

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  audit  committee  has  directed  management  to  develop  a  detailed  plan  and  timetable  for  the  implementation  of  the  foregoing 
remedial  measures  (to  the  extent  not  already  completed)  and  will  monitor  their  implementation.  Management  completed 
development/implementation of the detail plan during the third quarter and have been providing updates to the audit committee on a 
periodic basis. As part of the plan, during the third quarter of 2019, the Company hired an information technology director to evaluate 
and improve the information technology controls at our U.S. operations so as to enable us to identify and mitigate risks of material 
accounting errors. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company engaged a top ten accounting firm to help with remediating its 
material weaknesses. In addition, under the direction of the audit committee, management will continue to review and make necessary 
changes to the overall design of the Company’s internal control environment, as well as policies and procedures to improve the overall 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. 

Management believes the measures described above and others that will be implemented will remediate the control deficiencies the 
Company  has  identified  and  strengthen  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Management  is  committed  to  continuous 
improvement of the Company’s internal control processes and will continue to diligently review the Company’s financial reporting 
controls  and  procedures.  As  management  continues  to  evaluate  and  work  to  improve  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  the 
Company  may  determine  to  take  additional  measures  to  address  control  deficiencies  or  determine  to  modify,  or  in  appropriate 
circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

87 

 
 
 
 
PART III 

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K as the Company intends to file with the SEC its definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  its  2020  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (the  “2020  Proxy  Statement”)  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  of  the 
Exchange Act, not later than 120 days after December 31, 2019. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information under the headings “Nominees to Serve Until the 2021 Annual Meeting,” “Executive Officers of the Company who 
are  not  also  Directors,”  “Delinquent  Section  16(a)  Reports,”  “Committee  on  Directors  and  Board  Governance,”  and  “Audit 
Committee” in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

Our directors, executive officers and stockholders with ownership of 10% or greater are required, under Section 16(a) of the Exchange 
Act, to file reports of their ownership and changes to their ownership of our securities with the SEC. Based solely on our review of the 
reports  and  any  written  representations  we  received  that  no  other  reports  were  required,  we  believe  that,  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019, all of our officers, directors and stockholders with ownership of 10% or greater complied with all Section 16(a) 
filing requirements applicable to them. 

Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, 
in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the NASDAQ 
rules. The code of ethics also applies to all employees of the Company as well as the Board of Directors. In the event that any changes 
are  made  or  any  waivers  from  the  provisions  of  the  code  of  ethics  are  made,  these  events  would  be  disclosed  on  the  Company’s 
website  or  in  a  report  on  Form  8-K  within  four  business  days  of  such  event.  The  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  our  website  at 
www.manitexinternational.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor 
Relations, Manitex International, Inc., 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  under  the  headings  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Compensation  Committee 
Report  on  Executive  Compensation”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Executive  Compensation,”  and  “Director 
Compensation” in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  under  the  headings  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information”  and  “Principal  Stockholders”  in  our  2020  Proxy 
Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information under the headings “Transactions with Related Persons,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee,” and 
“Audit Committee” in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information under the heading “Audit Committee” in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 

(1)  Financial Statements 

See Index to Financial Statements on page 34. 

(2) 

Supplemental Schedules 

None. 

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the 
schedules, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

(b)  Exhibits 

See the Exhibit Index following the signature page. 

(c)  Financial Statement Schedules 

The financial statement schedule included in this Form 10-K is Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the 
Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (see Schedule II immediately following ITEM 16 of this Form 10-K). 

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None.  

SCHEDULE II- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

Year ended December 31, 2019 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for inventory 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 

Totals 

Year ended December 31, 2018 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for inventory 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 

Totals 

Year ended December 31, 2017 
Deducted from asset accounts: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Reserve for inventory 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 

Totals 

Balance 
Beginning of 
Year 

Charges to 
Earnings 

  Other (1) 

     Deductions (2)     

Balance End 
of Year 

$

$

$

$

$

$

37
5,967
7,643
13,647

82
3,462
7,405
10,949

7
1,886
8,327
10,220

$

$

$

$

$

$

670
3,784
2,849
7,303

43
3,261
1,227
4,531

75
1,977
1,122
3,174

$

$

$

$

$

$

(41)    $ 
(56)      
-       
(97)    $ 

(30 )   $

(1,537 )  
(210 )  
(1,777 )   $

-     $ 
(193)      
-       
(193)    $ 

(88 )   $
(563 )  
(989 )  
(1,640 )   $

636
8,158
10,282
19,076

37
5,967
7,643
13,647

-     $ 
356       
-       
356     $ 

-     $

(757 )  
(2,044 )  
(2,801 )   $

82
3,462
7,405
10,949  

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
      
    
  
      
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
       
  
      
  
 
      
    
  
      
    
      
    
      
    
  
 
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

Exhibit Index 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

  4.4 

  4.5 

  4.6 

Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
filed on November 13, 2008) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2008) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2009) (File No. 001-32401). 

Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008, between Manitex International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 
2008) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 24, 2018, to Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 2008, by and between Manitex 
International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2018). 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 2, 2018, to Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 2008, by and between Manitex 
International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2018). 

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and 
Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 
2014). 

Description of Registrant's securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed 
herewith). 

10.1 

* 

Employment Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, between Manitex International, Inc. and David J. Langevin 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed on December 17, 2012) (File No. 
001-32401). 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

* 

* 

Second Amended and Restated Manitex International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on November 16, 2007) (File No. 001-32401).

Lease dated April 17, 2006 between Krislee-Texas, LLC and Manitex, Inc. for facility located in Georgetown, Texas 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Lease Agreement, dated May 26, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

Lease Amendment, dated June 6, 2014 between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2014). 

Lease Amendment, dated October 3, 2018, between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on From 8-K filed on October 3, 2018). 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) 
August 20, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 2013) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

10.10 

Commercial lease with Brave New World Realty, LLC dated August 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 
2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.  
10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

  Description 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Brave New World Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 
3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Manitex International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q August 7, 2013) (File No. 
001-32401). 

Second Amendment to Manitex International, Inc.’s Second Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2016). 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2016, by and among The PrivateBank and Trust Company, as 
administrative agent and sole lead arranger, Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger 
Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc. and Manitex, LLC 
(as the US Borrowers) and Manitex Liftking, ULC (as the Canadian Borrower) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 25, 2016).

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2016, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc., Manitex, LLC and Manitex Liftking, ULC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the 
lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 
2016). 

Consent and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and among 
Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., 
Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc. and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the 
lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2016).

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2016, by and among Manitex 
International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane 
and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2016).

Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2017, by and among Manitex 
International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane 
and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2017).

Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2017, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc. and Manitex LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017.

Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March  9, 2018, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, CIBC Bank USA (f/k/a The PrivateBank and Trust Company) and the lenders party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2018).

Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2018, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, CIBC Bank USA (f/k/a The PrivateBank and Trust Company) and the lenders party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2018)

Investment Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc., IPEF III Holdings n° 11 S.A and 
Columna Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 25, 2014). 

Debt Assignment Agreements, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and Banca Popolare del’Emilia 
Romagna S.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Debt Assignment Agreements, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and Unicredit S.P.A. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

91 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.  
10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

* 

* 

* 

  Description 

Option Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Banca Popolare del’Emilia 
Romagna S.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Commitment Letter dated July 21, 2014 the Company and PM Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Manitex International, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2019). 

Employment Agreement, effective as of September 1, 2019, between Manitex International, Inc. and Steve Filipov 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2019). 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of September 1, 2019, between Manitex International, Inc. and 
David J. Langevin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 
2019). 

Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2019, by and among Manitex 
International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane 
and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Manitex, LLC, and CIBC Bank USA (f/k/a The PrivateBank and Trust Company) and the 
lenders party thereto. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 
2019). 

10.31 

* 

Employment Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2019, between Manitex International, Inc. and Laura R. Yu 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2019). 

21.1 

23.1  

23.2  

24.1  

31.1  

31.2  

32.1 

101 

(1) 

  Subsidiaries of Manitex International, Inc.

(1)   Consent of UHY LLP 

(1)   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP 

(1)    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

(1) 

(1) 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

(1)    Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350.

(1) 

The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2019, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of 
Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss, (iv) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

* 
(1)  Filed herewith. 

92 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: March 10, 2020 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

By:   

/s/ LAURA R. YU 
Laura R. Yu, 
Chief Financial Officer 
(On behalf of the Registrant and as 
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoint David J. 
Langevin his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  each  of  said  attorneys-in-fact,  or  substitute  or 
substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ DAVID J. LANGEVIN 
David J. Langevin, 
Executive Chairman and Director 

 March 10, 2020

/s/ STEVE FILIPOV 
 Steve Filipov, 
 Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ LAURA R. YU 
Laura R. Yu, 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ RONALD M. CLARK 
Ronald M. Clark, 
Director 

/s/ ROBERT S. GIGLIOTTI 
Robert S. Gigliotti, 
Director 

/s/ FREDERICK B. KNOX 
Frederick B. Knox, 
Director 

/s/ MARVIN B. ROSENBERG 
Marvin B. Rosenberg, 
Director 

/s/ INGO SCHILLER 
Ingo Schiller, 
Director 

/s/ STEPHEN J. TOBER 
Stephen J. Tober, 
Director 

March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

 March 10, 2020

March 10, 2020

93